[The Regulatory Plan and Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions]
[The Regulatory Plan]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]
[[Page 63891]]
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)
Statement of Regulatory Priorities
To comply with the National Performance Review (NPR) directive to
achieve regulatory reform, the Department of Agriculture continues to
implement an ongoing program to eliminate unnecessary regulations and
improve those remaining by making them easier to understand and more
user friendly. To date, the Department's review and revision effort has
resulted in actions on over 60 percent of our NPR commitment to
regulatory reform. At program conclusion, the Department will have
eliminated or reinvented 81 percent of its regulatory holdings in the
CFR.
Positive changes resulting from proposed and completed regulatory
reform actions will reach into every corner of the country and, both
directly and indirectly, touch the lives of most Americans. Those
programs that offer support to specific rural and urban segments of the
economy are being simplified so that persons who qualify for
assistance, or some other form of participation, will find less
burdensome rules. Yet high standards are in place to ensure efficient
and effective program management that makes the best use of taxpayer
dollars. Farmers, ranchers, and other USDA customers will find
significant changes in all aspects of regulations that govern their
interaction with the Department and its programs. Farm credit, a
mainstay of the Nation's rural economy, is being significantly
streamlined by the merger of cumbersome loan-making regulations with
forms and certifications simplified to facilitate the application
process. The Department is undertaking a number of actions in the
regulation of commodities that will increase efficiency, improve
customer service, reduce intervention in markets, and allow States to
assume greater responsibility in controlling the spread of plant and
animal pests or disease. The Department is also improving the
regulations that serve rural communities. Several changes are being
made in rural housing programs that will facilitate access and simplify
the application process. Nutrition programs are also being
strengthened, their efficiency improved, and their integrity enhanced
through regulatory reform. In the area of food safety, the Department
has undertaken a significant reinvention of all policies and
relationships with industry and the public. There are also several
important reinvention plans in the natural resources and conservation
area.
Reducing Paperwork Burden on Farmers
The Department has made substantial progress under the guidance of the
Chief Information Officer in implementing the goal of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 to reduce the burden of information collection on
the public. USDA continues to work toward the goal of reducing burden
by an additional 5 percent for fiscal year 2000. Further reductions
will result from program changes, improved efficiency in the collection
and management of information, and adjustments in the collection
burden.
The Department established a Paperwork Reduction Implementation Team
(PRIT), under the guidance of the Food and Agriculture Council, based
on direction from the Secretary of Agriculture, to create a plan to
reduce the paperwork burden on farmers. The PRIT has developed a USDA
Paperwork Reduction Framework--a set of standards and guidelines for
the Service Center agencies. USDA agencies will use the framework in
the execution of their paperwork reduction initiatives. Simultaneously,
the PRIT, working with the Service Center agencies, will continue
ongoing initiatives to reduce burden as quickly as possible. Business
process reengineering initiatives are addressing customer needs by
integrating agency processes to streamline information collected from
the farmer. This will eliminate redundant data collection, provide
direct access to benefit and eligibility information, and reduce and
simplify the number of regulations and forms.
The Role of Regulations
The programs of the Department are diverse and far reaching, as are the
regulations that attend their delivery. Regulations codify how the
Department will conduct its business, including the specifics of access
to, and eligibility for, USDA programs. Regulations also specify the
behavior of State and local governments, private industry, businesses,
and individuals that is necessary to comply with their provisions. The
diversity in purpose and outreach of our programs contributes
significantly to the USDA being at or near the top of the list of
departments that produce the largest number of regulations annually.
These regulations range from nutrition standards for the school lunch
program, to natural resource and environmental measures governing
national forest usage and soil conservation, to regulations protecting
American agribusiness (the largest dollar value contributor to exports)
from the ravages of domestic or foreign plant or animal pestilence and
they extend from farm to supermarket to ensure the safety, quality, and
availability of the Nation's food supply. Many regulations function in
a dynamic environment which requires their periodic modification. The
factors determining various entitlement, eligibility, and
administrative criteria often change from year to year. Therefore, many
significant regulations must be revised annually to reflect changes in
economic and market benchmarks. Almost all legislation that affects
departmental programs has accompanying regulatory needs, often with a
significant impact. The Farm Bill of 1996, Public Law 104-127, has
considerable regulatory consequences. This key legislation affects most
agencies of USDA and will result in the addition of new programs, the
deletion of others, and modification to still others.
Administration Guidance--USDA Response
In developing and implementing regulations, the Department has been
guided by the regulatory principles and philosophy set forth by the
President in Executive Order 12866 ``Regulatory Planning and Review.''
As prescribed in the Order, the USDA is committed to ``promulgate only
those regulations that are required by law, are necessary to interpret
the law, or are made necessary by compelling public need.'' When
considering a rulemaking action, the Department will assess the costs
and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, including the
alternative of not regulating. Our analysis will consider the costs and
benefits of both quantifiable and qualitative measures and opt for
approaches that maximize net benefits.
Major Regulatory Priorities
Six agencies are represented in this regulatory plan. They include the
Farm Service Agency, the Food and Nutrition Service, the Forest
Service, the Food Safety and Inspection Service, the Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service, and the Agricultural Marketing Service. This
document represents summary information on prospective significant
regulations as called for in Executive Order 12866. A brief comment on
each of the six agencies appears below, which summarizes the Agency
mission and its key regulatory
[[Page 63892]]
priorities. The Agency summaries are followed by the regulatory plan
entries.
Farm Service Agency
Mission: The Farm Service Agency (FSA) administers contract commodity,
conservation, farm loan, commodity purchase, and emergency loan and
disaster programs, as prescribed by various statutes, in order to
support farming certainty and flexibility while ensuring compliance
with farm conservation and wetland protection requirements and to
assist owners and operators of farms and ranches to conserve and
enhance soil, water, and related natural resources.
Priorities: FSA's priority for 2000 will be to continue to implement
these programs with emphasis on enhanced service to our customers. The
most significant FSA regulations are those that operate the contract
commodity programs and farm loans. The farm programs were significantly
changed by the 1996 Farm Bill. The Farm Bill instituted the contract
commodity programs, which utilize production flexibility contracts and
marketing assistance loans in place of the deficiency payments and
production adjustment of past programs. The contracts removed the link
between income support payments and farm prices by providing for seven
annual fixed but declining payments. FSA's farm loan programs make and
guarantee loans to family farmers and ranchers to purchase farm land
and finance agricultural production. While the contract commodity and
farm loan programs have significant economic impact, they are driven by
specific statutory requirements. Therefore, they are noted here to
acknowledge their significance in the overall USDA regulatory plan, but
are not further listed in the body of the plan which appears below.
In addition to its normal program operations, FSA is committed to the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995's goal of reducing the information
collection burden on the public. FSA has initiated a business process
reengineering project to streamline its farm loan-making and servicing
regulations and reduce the information collection burden associated
with the programs. FSA plans to reduce the number of CFR parts
containing its farm loan program regulations by approximately 70
percent. In addition, FSA hopes to achieve a significant reduction in
the total number of CFR pages by removing administrative provisions and
internal policy, and eliminating duplicative material. Furthermore, FSA
intends to improve the clarity of the farm loan program regulations by
following the guidelines established in the President's Plain Language
in Government Writing Initiative.
As part of this project, all Farm Loan Program (FLP) regulations and
internal Agency directives will be completely rewritten. All
application processes and information collections will be reviewed, and
unnecessary or redundant requirements will be eliminated. Under one
phase of the contract, all forms associated with FLP were reviewed and
assigned to one of the following categories:
prepared by the public
prepared by the Agency, reviewed by the public, or
internal agency use only.
FLP will concentrate on streamlining forms assigned to the first
category to reduce public burden. In addition, a database was developed
listing each field contained on the forms. This information will be
used to identify duplicate collections and ensure consistency in
terminology.
FLP is completing three regulation packages under the streamlining
project. Guaranteed loan program regulations were published in February
1999. The following changes are being implemented to reduce public
burden:
Establish the Certified Lender Program, which reduces
documentation and application requirements
Eliminate requirements that lenders submit copies of leases,
contracts, and legal documents
Reduce the number of years of production and financial records
from 5 years to 3 years
Reduce application requirements for loans under $50,000.
FLP plans to publish regulations for direct loan program and
administrative regulations as a proposed rule in March 2000, and as a
final rule in September 2001. While rewriting of the regulations has
begun, it will be a lengthy process because approximately 37 CFR parts
are being consolidated into 3 parts and more than 750 CFR pages must be
rewritten. Revised regulations for special loan programs (including
Indian land acquisition, boll weevil eradication, drainage and
irrigation and grazing association loans) are planned for publication
as a proposed rule in August 2001, and as a final rule in April 2002.
These programs will be completed last because there are only about 850
borrowers with outstanding special loans in comparison to almost
110,000 borrowers with outstanding direct loans.
In addition to the FLP streamlining initiative, FSA is one of the major
participants in USDA's Service Center Implementation Team (SCIT) along
with the Natural Resources Conservation Service and the Rural
Development mission area. Information collections at the service center
level represent most of FSA's total collection burden. FSA believes
that SCIT provides a unique opportunity to achieve new levels of
information collection efficiency because collections across
organizational boundaries can be consolidated as common service center
business processes are reengineered. FSA is taking full advantage of
this opportunity by sponsoring a companion initiative of the Paperwork
Reduction Implementation Team (PRIT) that brings a paperwork reduction
focus to the business process reengineering initiative under SCIT.
Another focus of PRIT is to develop standard methodologies for
information collection management and to standardize burden
calculations and reporting processes.
Food and Nutrition Service
Mission: FNS reduces hunger and food insecurity in partnership with
cooperating organizations by providing children and needy people access
to food, a healthful diet, and nutrition education in a manner that
supports American agriculture and inspires public confidence.
Priorities: In addition to responding to provisions of legislation
authorizing and modifying Federal nutrition assistance programs, FNS's
2000 regulatory plan supports broad strategic policy goals aimed at
improving the nutritional well-being of program participants, and
improving stewardship of Federal resources. These goals, included in
our strategic plan, are:
Enhanced food and nutrition security for low-income Americans.
This goal reflects the continuation of the Food Stamp
Program's traditional role in providing nutrition
assistance, as well as improving program administration to
meet the future challenges. Our plan supports ongoing
implementation of welfare reform legislation that modified
the eligibility criteria for food stamp benefits and
increased program design options for States, while
continuing to meet the overall mission to provide food and
nutrition security for low-income Americans participating
in the FSP and to enhance program efficiency and integrity.
[[Page 63893]]
Healthful diets for school-age children. The two major
programs serving this goal are the National School Lunch
Program (NSLP) and the School Breakfast Program (SBP). This
goal reflects the Agency's recognition of its National
health and education responsibilities for school-age
children.
Improved nutritional status and health of low-income women,
infants, and children. This goal reflects the mission of
the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women,
Infants, and Children (WIC). It emphasizes nutrition
education, healthy infant feeding practices, and positive
health outcomes while seeking to enhance program efficiency
and integrity.
Improved nutritional status of children in day-care settings.
This goal reflects our effort to enhance the effectiveness
of the Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP), by
improving the nutritional quality of program meals,
improving program access for low-income families and
enhanced program integrity.
Low-income children consume nutritious lunches when school
meals are not available. Through its Summer Food Service
Program, FNS seeks to extend its commitment to children
from low-income households during summer months when school
meals are not available.
Improved quality of food distribution commodities and service.
FNS continues its support for agricultural markets with an
emphasis on more healthful commodities, as well as improved
program efficiency through automation, reduced Federal and
State inventories, and timely deliveries of commodity
foods.
Forest Service
Mission: The mission of the Forest Service is to sustain the health,
productivity, and diversity of the Nation's forest and rangelands to
meet the needs of present and future generations. This includes
protecting and managing the National Forest and Grasslands; providing
technical and financial assistance to States, communities, and private
forest landowners; and developing and providing scientific and
technical assistance and scientific exchanges in support of
international forest and range conservation.
Priorities: On October 13, 1999, the President issued a Memorandum
directing the Forest Service to develop, and propose for public
comment, regulations to provide appropriate long-term protection for
most or all of the currently inventoried ``roadless'' areas and to
determine whether such protection is warranted for any smaller
``roadless'' areas not yet inventoried. The President further directed
that the final regulations should reflect the best available science
and a careful consideration of the full range of ecological, economic,
and social values inherent in these lands. A notice of intent to
prepare an Environmental Impact Statement to analyze and disclose
various alternatives for meeting the President's directive was
published in the Federal Register on October 19, 1999.
As an adjunct to this roadless policy, another agency priority is to
revise its road management rules and policy to reflect reduced funding
available for road construction and maintenance, the need to better
inventory and analyze the need for existing forest roads, and thus the
need to shift the emphasis from building new roads to better
maintaining and managing those already in use. A proposal is expected
to be published in November. Finally, the President's environmental
program also includes incorporation of the principles of ecosystem
management in natural resource planning for the National Forest System.
In support of that effort, a proposed rule was published in the Federal
Register of October 5, 1999 (Part II, 64 FR 54074-54112). Guided by
recommendations of a Committee of Scientists, the proposed rule
provides for science-based planning, ecosystem sustainability, use of
ecoregional and watershed-level assessments, and strengthened
collaboration with the individuals, organizations, State, local, tribal
governments and other Federal agencies.
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Mission: The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is responsible
for ensuring the Nation's meat, poultry, and egg products are safe,
wholesome, and properly packaged and labeled.
Priorities: FSIS is continuing to review its regulations to eliminate
duplication of and inconsistency with its own and other agencies'
regulations. The Agency's regulatory review efforts are directed, in
particular, at improving the consistency of the regulations with the
July 25, 1996, final rule ``Pathogen Reduction; Hazard Analysis and
Critical Control Points (HACCP) Systems.'' HACCP is a science-based
process control system for producing safe food products. The final rule
requires official meat and poultry establishments to develop and
implement HACCP plans incorporating the controls they have determined
are necessary and appropriate to produce safe products. HACCP places
the responsibility for food safety firmly on meat and poultry
establishments but enables them to tailor their control systems to
their particular needs and processes and to take advantage of the
latest technological innovations.
FSIS must revise its numerous ``command-and-control'' regulations,
which prescribe the exact means establishments must use to ensure the
safety of their products. Some of these regulations specify precise
cooking time-and-temperature combinations. Others require prior
approval by FSIS of equipment and procedures, in effect assigning to
the Agency the responsibility for the means used by establishments to
comply with the regulations. As a general matter, command-and-control
regulations are incompatible with HACCP because they deprive plants of
the flexibility to innovate and undercut the clear delineation of
responsibility for food safety. Therefore, FSIS is conducting a
thorough review of its current regulations and, to the maximum extent
possible, converting its command-and-control regulations to performance
standards. Following are some of the Agency's recent and planned
initiatives to convert command-and-control regulations to performance
standards, to streamline and simplify the regulations and to facilitate
the continuing implementation of the pathogen reduction and HACCP
systems final rule:
FSIS has proposed consolidating the sanitation regulations
into a single part of the Code of Federal Regulations that
would be applicable to both meat and poultry
establishments, eliminating unnecessary differences between
the meat and poultry sanitation requirements, and
converting many of the highly prescriptive requirements to
performance standards.
FSIS will be proposing to remove most requirements pertaining
to partial quality control programs. The Agency will also
be proposing to consolidate and streamline the regulations
governing the importation of meat, meat food and poultry
products. This rulemaking also will implement provisions in
recent international agreements, notably that on veterinary
equivalence between the United States and the European
Union.
[[Page 63894]]
FSIS has proposed new regulations limiting the amount of
processing water that can be retained by raw, single-
ingredient, meat or poultry products requiring labeling to
indicate the amount of water retention.
FSIS has proposed, in coordination with FDA, amending the
regulations to harmonize and improve the efficiency of the
procedures used for reviewing, approving and listing food
or color additives that are used in the preparation of
meat, meat food and poultry products.
FSIS will be proposing generic Escherichia coli process
control criteria, based on the sponge method of sampling,
for cattle, swine and geese slaughtering establishments,
and for turkey slaughtering establishments based on both
the sponge and the whole-bird rinse sampling methods. The
Agency also will be proposing updated Salmonella
performance standards for all market classes of cattle and
swine.
Finally, FSIS will be proposing to require federally inspected
egg product establishments to develop and implement HACCP
systems and sanitation standards operating procedures. The
Agency will be proposing pathogen reduction performance
standards for pasteurizing egg products. Further, the
Agency will be proposing to remove current requirements for
approval by FSIS of egg-product plant drawings,
specifications, and equipment prior to use and to end the
system for pre-marketing approval of labels for egg
products. The Agency also is planning to propose requiring
safe-handling labels on shell eggs and egg products.
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Mission: A major part of the mission of the Animal and Plant Health
Inspection Service (APHIS) is to protect U.S. animal and plant
resources from destructive pests and diseases. APHIS conducts programs
to control and eradicate exotic pests and diseases in the United
States. These activities enhance agricultural productivity and
competitiveness and contribute to the national economy and the public
health.
Priority: APHIS is developing a proposal to strengthen restrictions on
the importation of solid wood packing material (e.g., crates, dunnage,
wooden spools, pallets, packing blocks) into the United States.
Imported solid wood packing material (SWPM) has been linked to
introductions of exotic plant pests such as the pine shoot beetle and
the Asian longhorned beetle. These and other plant pests that could be
carried by imported SWPM pose a serious threat to U.S. agriculture and
to natural, cultivated, and urban forests. SWPM accompanies nearly all
types of imported commodities, from fruits and vegetables to machinery
and electrical equipment.
Agricultural Marketing Service
Mission: The Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) facilitates the
marketing of agricultural products in domestic and international
markets, while ensuring fair trading practices, and promoting a
competitive and efficient marketplace, to the benefit of producers,
traders, and consumers of U.S. food and fiber products.
Priorities: AMS' top regulatory priority is to establish the National
Organic Program (NOP). The NOP will establish national standards for
the production and handling of organically produced products, including
a National List of substances approved and prohibited for use in
organic production and handling.
AMS will also publish the procedures for Mandatory Market News
Reporting of Livestock and Meat. These regulations will establish a
program that will provide livestock producers, packers, and other
market participants with information on pricing, contracting for
purchase, numbers and quality marketed for cattle, swine, lambs, and
production of livestock products.
AMS will publish a regulation to update the Federal Seed Act to
incorporate current seed testing and seed certification procedures.
This regulation will keep the Federal Seed Act consistent with present
technology and prevent conflicts between Federal and State regulations
that could inhibit the free movement of seed.
AMS published an interim final rule that established a voluntary, fee-
for-service program, under the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946,
under which AMS assesses State and private agencies in the United
States to verify compliance with the requirements of the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) Guide 65. This assessment
facilitates uninterrupted imports of U.S. organic products to countries
in the European Union (EU) by enabling organic certifying agencies to
comply with EU requirements. The interim final rule was effective June
10, 1999. A 60-day period was provided for interested persons to
comment on the interim rule before the final rule is published in the
near future.
AMS will continue to review its regulations to keep them up-to-date and
consistent with industry terminology and to eliminate duplication with
its own and other agencies' regulations. This includes amending the
regulations governing the inspection of eggs to delete regulatory
detail not needed by AMS to administer its responsibilities under the
Egg Products Inspection Act.
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
1. NATIONAL ORGANIC PROGRAM
Priority:
Economically Significant
Legal Authority:
PL 101-624, sec 2101 to 2123; 7 USC 6501 to 6522
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 205
Legal Deadline:
Other, Statutory, May 28, 1991.
NPRM, Statutory, May 28, 1992.
Final, Statutory, October 1, 1993, The Organic Foods Production Act
calls for the Secretary to appoint the National Organic Standards Board
180 days after enactment and convene it within 60 days thereafter.
Abstract:
The program is proposed under the Organic Foods Production Act of 1990
(title XXI of the Food, Agriculture, Conservation and Trade Act, Pub.
L. 101-624), as amended (OFPA or Act), which requires the establishment
of national standards governing the marketing of certain agricultural
products as organically produced to facilitate commerce in fresh and
processed food that is organically produced and to assure consumers
that such products meet consistent standards. This program would
establish national standards for the organic production and handling of
agricultural products, which would include a national list of synthetic
substances approved for use in the production and handling of
organically produced products. It also would establish an accreditation
program for State officials and private persons who want to be
accredited to certify farms and handling operations that comply with
the program's requirements and a
[[Page 63895]]
certification program for farms and handling operations that want to be
certified as meeting the program's requirements. The program
additionally would include labeling requirements for organic products
and products containing organic ingredients and enforcement provisions.
It further provides for the approval of State organic programs and the
importation into the United States of organic agricultural products
from foreign programs determined to have equivalent requirements. On
December 16, 1997, the proposed rule was published with a public
comment period that ended on April 30, 1998. Over 275,000 comments were
received and are currently being reviewed with a subsequent revised
proposed rule planned for calender year 1999.
Statement of Need:
The purpose of these regulations is to implement the Organic Foods
Production Act (OFPA). The Act requires the establishment of consistent
national standards for products labeled as organic; mandatory
independent, third-party certification of such products; U.S.
Department of Agriculture (USDA) oversight of the independent
certifiers and their inspectors; and assurance that imported organic
food products are produced and processed under practices equivalent to
USDA standards. Establishment of the National Organic Program is
necessary to eliminate the confusion that exists among consumers
because of the variety of standards under which organic foods are
currently produced, and the irregular and sometimes unsubstantiated
labeling claims. As required by law, the National Organic Standards
Board made recommendation on the development of the program. Based on
recommendations of the Board, the Agency prepared a proposed rule for
the accreditation of State and private persons to carry out the
certification procedures and processors of organic foods, and a
separate proposed rule for defining standards for the production of
organic crops, livestock, and for processing foods to be labeled as
organic. The proposed rule for standards will include the national list
of prohibited substances and allowed synthetic substances to be used in
organic production and processing. The standards will also include the
process for the collection of user fees, enforcement provisions,
determination of equivalency of foreign certification programs (either
national or private certification programs), and the ongoing functions
of the Board. The Board submitted recommendations for most of the
program to the Secretary.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This regulatory action is authorized by statute. The Organic Foods
Production Act of 1990, which is title XXI--Organic Certification--of
the 1990 Farm Bill, calls for the Secretary of Agriculture to establish
an organic certification program that relies on State and private
agencies to verify that agricultural products are produced according to
national standards. The Act also authorizes State officials to
establish State Organic Certification Programs, provided that the
provisions of each program are first submitted to USDA and approved by
the Secretary.
Alternatives:
The Board developed recommendations through an open discussion process
with the interested parties. The Board formed six subcommittees to
draft recommendations for the following subject areas: crop standards;
livestock standards; processing, packaging, and labeling standards;
materials; accreditation of certifying agents; and, international
(import) requirements. The Board held 14 full board meetings and 11
subcommittee meetings, during which the Board accepted public comments.
In addition, the Agency held four public hearings on livestock to
develop additional input to the development of livestock standards. In
reviewing the Organic Foods Production Act, the subcommittees
identified about 25 specific topics requiring recommendation
development such as an organic plan, pesticide drift, livestock health,
and materials review. Draft documents were prepared by the
subcommittees in the specific subject areas and circulated initially to
known individuals with expertise in these subjects in the organic
community for comment. Comments were received and documents revised and
sent out to a mailing list exceeding 1,000 names, for additional public
comment. Documents were further revised, became committee position
papers and were sent out to the mailing list for additional public
comment. If the comments were minimal the documents were then approved
by the subcommittees and forwarded to the full Board to be approved as
draft recommendations. These documents were then further revised with
full board-member input and submitted a final time for public comment.
Upon receipt of comments, revisions were made, and the document was
approved as a recommendation to the Secretary. Approximately 25 of
these recommendations were approved at a Board meeting in June 1994 and
forwarded to the Secretary (after minor editing in the approval
process) in August 1994. In all of the documents, the Board committees
considered alternatives and altered positions based on reasoned public
comments received. The Board will continue to provide recommendations
for modification or additions to program recommendations as the program
is implemented and operating. The allowed synthetic substances and
prohibited natural substances on the National List are subject to
review by the Board and the Secretary every 5 years in order for the
National List to be valid according to section 211(e) of the OFPA. The
Secretary received the recommendations and used them as the basis for
developing proposed rules for implementing the program. The Secretary
may not accept recommendations that are deemed to be inconsistent with
Department policy or lack a defensible position.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The calculations and research related to the costs and benefits for the
program are still under development. Because information is not
collected on organic farmers, as a class, there is a lack of a good
database to be used in determining the impacts of the program.
Administrative costs would include staff costs for managing the
accreditation program, costs for a peer review panel, costs for site
visits to observe and review certifier program activities, overhead
and/or indirect costs. If it is determined that income from the
accreditation program would need to pay for all costs associated with
the program, additional costs would include staff and indirect costs
for support for the Board, ongoing materials reviews for the National
List, enforcement costs, international equivalency costs to determine
whether to allow organic imports, collection and management of the
user-fee program, and approval of State programs. The program
anticipates being funded through user fees. However, we believe that
full user-fee support will not be possible for at least 3 years
following implementation; appropriated general funds will be necessary
to provide support while the organic industry develops a sufficient
economic base. It is expected that the industry will soon be able to
financially cover program activities related to accreditation if it
continues to grow at its current annual rate of 20 percent as reported
by a private natural foods magazine;
[[Page 63896]]
however, full coverage of costs related to development of State and
international programs may not be possible for several years. The
tangible benefits of the program are numerous. The benefits will extend
to the marketplace, where it is expected that the price of organic food
will decrease with increasing volume and availability and benefit
current and potential consumers; all products labeled as organic will
have been produced from systems certified to a national and consistent
standard; truthful market information will be developed; access to
international markets with products from certification programs
overseen by USDA will be improved; certifying agents will be relieved
of the financial costs related to standards development, materials
review, and other endeavors that duplicate activities at the Federal
level; and manufacturers and processors will be able to buy certified
organic products from producers certified by different certifying
agents without requiring the paperwork process in use today. Finally,
exports will be enhanced by a common natural standard.
Risks:
The program does not purport to directly address either environmental
problems or food residue issues. Any reduction in risks to public
health, safety, or the environment are indirect benefits of the
criteria used by organic producers in choosing materials that serve as
an adjunct to the preferred methodology of mechanical and biological
control measures. Organic agriculture is based on management practices
and materials that enhance ecological activity. Organic producers seek
to reduce or eliminate practices and materials that do not enhance
ecological activity. Organic producers seek to reduce or eliminate
practices and materials that may harm soil life, deplete nonrenewable
resources, pose a hazard to water and air quality, or threaten
farmworker health. The Act requires the establishment of a ``National
List'' of approved synthetic and prohibited natural materials as an
integral part of the program. Synthetic materials approved for the
National List must have been determined by the USDA, FDA, and EPA to be
not harmful to human health or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
Organic Livestoc58 FR 69315 12/30/93
Notice - Procedu60 FR 15744t Names of Substances for National L03/27/95
NPRM 62 FR 65850 12/16/97
NPRM Comment Period End 10/01/98
Reproposal 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State, Tribal
Agency Contact:
Eileen Stommes
Deputy Administrator, Transportation and Marketing Programs
Department of Agriculture
Agricultural Marketing Service
Room 4006
P.O. Box 96456, Room 2748-So. Bldg.
Washington, DC 20090-6456
Phone: 202 720-3252
RIN: 0581-AA40
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
2. IMPORTATION OF SOLID WOOD PACKING MATERIAL
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Legal Authority:
7 USC 150dd to 150ff; 7 USC 151 to 167; 7 USC 450; 7 USC 2803; 7 USC
2809; 21 USC 136; 21 USC 136a
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 319.40
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
APHIS is undertaking rulemaking to strengthen restrictions on the
importation of solid wood packing material (e.g., crates, dunnage,
wooden spools, pallets, packing blocks) into the United States.
Imported solid wood packing material (SWPM) has been linked to
introductions of exotic plant pests such as the pine shoot beetle and
the Asian longhorned beetle. These and other plant pests that could be
carried by imported SWPM pose a serious threat to U.S. agriculture and
to natural, cultivated, and urban forests. SWPM accompanies nearly all
types of imported commodities, from fruits and vegetables to machinery
and electrical equipment.
Statement of Need:
Unmanufactured wood articles imported into the United States could pose
a serious threat of introducing plant pests detrimental to agriculture
and to natural, cultivated, and urban forests. Regulations in 7 CFR
319.40-1 through 319.40-11 are intended to mitigate this plant pest
risk. Introductions into the United States of exotic plant pests such
as the pine shoot beetle and the Asian longhorned beetle have been
linked to the importation of solid wood packing material (an
unmanufactured wood article). Solid wood packing material accompanies
nearly all types of imported commodities, from fruits and vegetables to
machinery and electrical equipment. For this reason, we are undertaking
rulemaking to strengthen the regulations that restrict the importation
of solid wood packing material in order to reduce the risk that plant
pests will be introduced into the United States.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) is authorized to
take action under the Federal Plant Pest Act (7 U.S.C. 150aa-150jj).
Alternatives:
APHIS presented three alternatives in an advance notice of proposed
rulemaking. The alternatives were to apply restrictions on the
importation of solid wood packing material based on risk assessment of
regions, apply restrictions on a general basis regardless of origin,
and prohibit importation of any solid wood packing material. We
accepted comments on other alternatives to consider. These and other
alternatives will be considered in analyses prepared in connection with
further rulemaking.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The costs of proposed regulatory changes will be dependent on the
option that is chosen. We anticipate that costs will be alleviated by
utilization of alternative materials, such as nonwood packing material.
The benefits of increased restrictions will be
[[Page 63897]]
the reduction in the risk of potentially destructive plant pests being
introduced into the United States and the resulting avoidance of
economic losses to forest and agricultural resources. For the Asian
longhorned beetle alone (a pest detected on solid wood packing material
imported from China), we estimate that, if left unchecked, this pest
has the potential to cause economic losses of $41 billion, affecting
the forest products, commercial fruit, maple syrup, nursery, and
tourist industries in the United States.
Risks:
APHIS will conduct a comprehensive pest risk assessment prior to making
any regulatory changes.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 64 FR 3049 01/20/99
ANPRM Comment Period End 03/22/99
NPRM 01/00/01
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
Agency Contact:
Dr. Robert Flanders
Regulatory Coordination Specialist, Regulatory Coordination Staff, PPQ
Department of Agriculture
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Unit 141
4700 River Road
Riverdale, MD 20737-1228
Phone: 301 734-5930
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0579-AA99
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--Food and Nutrition Service (FNS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
3. CHILD AND ADULT CARE FOOD PROGRAM: IMPROVING MANAGEMENT AND PROGRAM
INTEGRITY
Priority:
Other Significant
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1766; PL 104-193; PL 105-336; PL 103-448
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 226
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule amends the Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP)
regulations. The changes in this rule result from the findings of State
and Federal Program reviews and from audits and investigations
conducted by the Office of Inspector General. This rule proposes to
revise: State agency criteria for approving and renewing institution
applications; Program training and other operating requirements for
child care institutions and facilities; State- and institution-level
monitoring requirements; and criteria for terminating agreements with
institutions. This rule also includes changes that are required by the
Healthy Meals for Healthy Americans Act of 1994 (PL 103-448), the
Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunities Reconciliation Act of
1996 (PL 104-193), and the William F. Goodling Child Nutrition
Reauthorization Act of 1998 (PL 105-336).
The changes are designed to improve Program operations and monitoring
at the State and institution levels and, where possible, to streamline
and simplify Program requirements for State agencies and institutions.
(95-024)
Statement of Need:
In recent years, State and Federal Program reviews have found numerous
cases of mismanagement, abuse, and in some instances, fraud by child
care institutions and facilities in the CACFP. These reviews revealed
weaknesses in management controls over Program operations, and examples
of regulatory noncompliance by institutions, including failure to pay
facilities or failure to pay them in a timely manner; improper use of
Program funds for non-Program expenditures; and improper meal
reimbursements due to incorrect meal counts or to mis-categtorized or
incomplete income eligibility statements. In addition, audits and
investigations conducted by the Office of Inspector General (OIG) have
raised serious concerns regarding the adequacy of financial and
administrative controls in CACFP. Based on its findings, OIG
recommended changes to CACFP review requirements and management
controls.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Most of the changes proposed in the rule are discretionary changes
being made in response to deficiencies found in Program reviews and OIG
audits. Other proposed changes codify statutory changes made by the
Healthy Meals for Healthy Americans Act of 1994 (PL 103-448), the
Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunities Reconciliation Act of
1996 (PL 104-193), and the William F. Goodling Child Nutrition
Reauthorization Act of 1998 (PL 105-336).
Alternatives:
In developing the proposal, the agency considered various alternatives
to minimize burden on State agencies and institutions while ensuring
effective Program operation. Key areas in which alternatives were
considered include State agency reviews of institutions and sponsoring
organization oversight of day care homes.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
This rule contains changes designed to improve management and financial
integrity in the CACFP. When implemented, these changes would affect
all entities in CACFP, from USDA to participating children and
children's households. These changes will primarily affect the
procedures used by State agencies in reviewing applications submitted
by, and monitoring the performance of, institutions which are
participating or wish to participate in the CACFP. Those proposed
changes which would affect institutions and facilities will not, in the
aggregate, have a significant economic impact.
Data on CACFP integrity is limited, despite numerous OIG reports on
individual institutions and facilities that have been deficient in
CACFP management. While Program reviews and OIG reports clearly
illustrate that there are weaknesses in parts of the Program
regulations, and that there have been weaknesses in oversight, neither
Program reviews, OIG reports, nor any other data sources illustrate the
prevalence and magnitude of CACFP fraud and abuse. This lack of
information precludes USDA from estimating the amount of money lost due
to fraud and abuse or the reduction in fraud and abuse the changes in
this rule will realize.
Risks:
Continuing to operate the CACFP under existing provisions of the
regulations
[[Page 63898]]
that do not sufficiently protect against fraud and abuse in CACFP puts
the Program at significant risk. This rule includes changes designed to
strengthen current program regulations to reduce the risk associated
with the Program.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 12/00/99
NPRM Comment Period End 03/00/00
Final Action 08/00/01
Final Action Effective 09/00/01
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AC24
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
4. FSP: PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF THE PERSONAL
RESPONSIBILITY AND WORK OPPORTUNITY RECONCILIATION ACT OF 1996
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-193
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 271; 7 CFR 272; 7 CFR 273
Legal Deadline:
Other, Statutory, August 22, 1996, Stat. implementation deadline of 8/
22/96 for sec 813, 814, 820, 821, 837, and 911 of PL 104-193; stat.
implementation deadline of 7/1/97 for sec 115, and 11/22/96 for sec 824
of PL 104-193.
Abstract:
This rule will implement 13 provisions of the Personal Responsibility
and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996. (96-019)
Statement of Need:
P.L. 104-193, the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity
Reconciliation Act of 1996, amends the Food Stamp Act of 1977, to add
some new eligibility requirements and disqualifiers and increase some
existing penalties for noncompliance with food stamp rules. The new
law: (1) Makes individuals convicted of drug-related felonies
ineligible for food stamps; (2) doubles the penalties for violating
food stamp program requirements; (3) permanently disqualifies
individuals convicted of trafficking in food stamp benefits of $500 or
more; (4) allows States to disqualify an individual from food stamps if
the individual is disqualified from another means-tested program for
failure to perform an action required by that program; (5) makes
individuals ineligible for 10 years if they misrepresent their identity
or residence in order to receive multiple food stamp benefits; (6)
makes fleeing felons and probation and parole violators ineligible for
the food stamp program; (7) allows States to require food stamp
recipients to cooperate with child support agencies as a condition of
food stamp eligibility; (8) allows States to disqualify individuals who
are in arrears in court-ordered child support payments; (9) limits the
food stamp participation of most able-bodied adults without dependents
to three months in a three-year period during times the individual is
not working or participating in a work program; (10) prohibits an
increase in food stamp benefits when households' income is reduced
because of a penalty imposed under a Federal, State, or local means-
tested public assistance program for failure to perform a required
action; (11) requires States to provide households' addresses, social
security numbers, or photographs to law enforcement officers to assist
them in locating fugitive felons or probation or parole violators; and
(12) prohibits an increase in food stamp benefits when households'
income is reduced because of a penalty imposed under a Federal, State,
or local means-tested public assistance program for an act of fraud by
the individual under the program.
Summary of Legal Basis:
All of the provisions of this rule are mandated by P.L. 104-193, the
Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of
1996.
Alternatives:
None.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Over 7 years, the provisions are expected to reduce the cost of the
Food Stamp Program by approximately $5.565 billion.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 12/00/99
NPRM Comment Period End 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AC39
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
5. FSP: STATE FLEXIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION PROVISIONS OF PUBLIC LAW
104-193
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-193; PL 104-208; 7 USC 2011 to 2032
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 272.3; 7 CFR 273.1; 7 CFR 273.2; 7 CFR 273.4; 7 CFR 273.9(c); 7
CFR
[[Page 63899]]
273.9(d); 7 CFR 273.10(a); 7 CFR 273.10(c) to 273.10(f); 7 CFR
273.11(a) to 273.11(c); 7 CFR 273.11(e); 7 CFR 273.11(j); 7 CFR 273.13;
7 CFR 273.14(b); 7 CFR 273.14(e)
Legal Deadline:
Other, Statutory, August 22, 1996, Stat. implementation deadline of 8/
22/96 for sec 813, 814, 820, 821, 837, and 911 of PL 104-193; stat.
implementation deadline of 7/1/97 for sec 115, and 11/22/96 for sec 824
of PL 104-193.
For provisions effective upon enactment, the statutory implementation
date is August 22, 1996.
Abstract:
This rule proposes to amend Food Stamp Program regulations to implement
14 provisions of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity
Reconciliation Act of 1996 and one provision of the Omnibus
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 1996. These provisions would
increase State agency flexibility in processing applications for the
Food Stamp Program and allow greater use of standard amounts for
determining deductions and self-employment expenses. The provisions
would also give State agencies options to issue partial allotments for
households in treatment centers, issue combined allotments to certain
expedited service households, and certify elderly or disabled
households for 24 months. Other changes would revise requirements for
determining noncitizen eligibility and the eligibility and benefits of
sponsored noncitizens, eliminate the exclusion of certain transitional
housing payments and State and local energy assistance, exclude the
earnings of students under 18, and require proration of benefits
following any break in certification. (96-020)
Statement of Need:
This action is required by P. L. 104-193, P. L. 104-208, P. L. 105-53,
and P. L. 105-185.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rule is required to implement the provisions of sections 402, 421,
801, 807, 808, 809, 811, 812, 818, 827, 828, 830, and 835 of P. L. 104-
193; section 552 of P. L. 104-208; sections 5302, 5305, 5306, 5562,
5563, 5571, 5572, and 5573 of P. L. 105-53; and section 503 of P. L.
105-185.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The provision of this rule would reduce Food Stamp Program costs for FY
1997-2002 by approximately $6.605 billion.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 12/00/99
NPRM Comment Period End 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AC40
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
6. FOOD STAMP PROGRAM: WORK PROVISIONS OF THE PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY
AND WORK OPPORTUNITY RECONCILIATION ACT OF 1996
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-193
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 273.7; 7 CFR 273.22
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This proposed rule will implement revisions to the Food Stamp Program's
work and employment and training requirements, as well as new
provisions for a work supplementation or support program and an
employment initiative program. (96-025)
Statement of Need:
This rule is necessary to implement revisions to the Food Stamp
Program's work requirements.
Summary of Legal Basis:
All provisions of this proposed rule are mandated by Public Law 104-
193.
Alternatives:
The alternative is not to revise current rules. This is not practical.
The current rules have been superseded by changes brought about by
Public Law 104-193.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Federal costs will increase by $15 million between fiscal year 1997 and
fiscal year 2002. State agencies will benefit by achieving greater
flexibility to encourage work and foster personal responsibility and
independence.
Risks:
An increase in food stamp rolls would result by not implementing this
rule.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 12/00/99
NPRM Comment Period End 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AC45
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
7. SPECIAL SUPPLEMENTAL FOOD PROGRAM FOR WOMEN, INFANTS, AND CHILDREN
(WIC): FOOD DELIVERY SYSTEMS INTEGRITY
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1786
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 246
Legal Deadline:
NPRM, Statutory, March 1, 1999.
Final, Statutory, March 31, 2000.
[[Page 63900]]
Abstract:
A proposed rule addressing WIC Food Delivery Systems was published on
December 28, 1990 (55 FR 53446). The Department provided a 120-day
comment period for the proposed rule, which closed on April 28, 1991.
Nearly 1,100 comments were received from a wide variety of sources.
Despite the degree of preliminary input to the December 28, 1990,
proposed rule, many of the commenters responding during the formal
comment period suggested that the Department's food delivery
regulations be proposed again, rather than proceeding directly to a
final rule. In addition, several members of Congress requested that the
rule be reproposed in light of its impact on State agency food delivery
systems. Therefore, the Department has issued a second proposed rule
addressing WIC food delivery systems and requirements. This second rule
addresses many of the provisions contained in the previous rulemaking,
and contains modifications to some of the proposed provisions, as well
as clarifications of several provisions that may not have been clearly
understood in the earlier rule. See also RIN 0584-AC50 for related
provisions that fulfill the statutory deadline.
Statement of Need:
On December 28, 1990, the Department published a proposed rule designed
primarily to strengthen State agency operations in vendor management
and related food delivery areas for the WIC Program. This proposal was
developed with input over several years' time from State agency experts
in food delivery, and with the full support of and encouragement from
Congress and the Department's Office of Inspector General (OIG). The
Department provided a 120-day comment period for the proposed rule,
which closed on April 28, 1991. During this comment period, nearly
1,100 comments were received from State and local WIC agencies,
vendors, and associated groups, public interest groups, members of
Congress, members of the public, and WIC participants.
Despite the degree of preliminary input to the December 28, 1990,
proposed rule, many of the commenters suggested that the Department's
food delivery regulations needed to be proposed again, rather than
proceeding directly to a final rule. In addition, several members of
Congress requested that the rule be reproposed in light of its impact
on State agency food delivery systems.
The Department has therefore issued a second proposed rule addressing
WIC food delivery systems integrity and procedural requirements. This
second rule addresses many of the provisions contained in the previous
rulemaking, and contains significant modifications to some of the
proposed revisions, as well as clarifications to a number of provisions
that may not have been clearly understood in the earlier rule. The rule
is intended to provide for more cost effective and efficient management
of WIC vendors by State agencies. A 120-day public comment period is
provided with this proposed rule. The Department intends to publish a
final rule, based on all of the comments received, by the end of fiscal
year 2000.
Although this rule does not have a direct impact on reducing risks to
public health, safety, or the environment, it will significantly
improve the operation and accountability of the WIC Program nationwide.
Alternatives:
Given the intensive input that has been gathered for the development of
this rule since it was recommended by the General Accounting Office in
1988, and the comments that were received pertaining to the first
proposed version of the rule in December 1990, the Department has
determined that there are no viable alternatives to the provisions
included in this reproposal. The alternative of proceeding directly to
promulgation of a final rule based on the 1990 proposal has been
rejected by Congress.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The costs of this action include costs due to vendor overcharges and
costs associated with the proposal. The estimated costs for
implementation of the proposal include a shift of not more than $2.0
million in WIC Program Nutrition Services and Administration (NSA)
funds within the 88 State agencies, partially from reduced requirements
for management evaluations of local agencies and reduced costs due to
elimination of representative on-site monitoring. They also include
$0.5 million in additional costs to vendors to meet the proposed
minimum training and authorization requirements. It should be noted
that all the vendors are currently required to participate in some type
of training and complete an application form for program authorization.
The estimated $0.5 million in additional costs therefore represents
those instances where current training and authorization requirements
are below the level established in the proposal. In these instances,
vendors may incur costs in attending more frequent training sessions or
may be required to complete an application form at more frequent
intervals. The estimated cost does not represent charges to the vendor
for training or authorization. Rather, the cost represents the
estimated cost of the vendor's time to participate in the training
session and to complete the application form.
The gross benefit results from a significant reduction in vendor
overcharges. A significant net benefit of $37 million is expected, as
vendor overcharges are estimated at $39.5 million and costs associated
with the proposal are a maximum of $2.5 million.
Risks:
This rule is intended to reduce and minimize the risk of vendor fraud
and abuse of the WIC program.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 32308 06/16/99
NPRM Comment Period End 09/14/99
Final Action 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local, Tribal
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AA80
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
8. FOOD STAMP PROGRAM: FOOD STAMP RECIPIENT CLAIM ESTABLISHMENT AND
COLLECTION STANDARDS
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
[[Page 63901]]
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
7 USC 2011 to 2032
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 272; 7 CFR 273
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The Food and Nutrition Service is revising Food Stamp Program
regulations which cover the establishment and collection of recipient
claims. This action is the result of the enactment of the Personal
Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (PRWORA)
and is consistent with the President's regulatory reform effort. In
addition, this rule revises existing discretionary areas to improve
claim establishment and promote effective management. The inability of
State agencies to establish and collect claims has continuously been
cited as a deficiency by the Department's Office of Inspector General.
The last significant revision to these regulations was in 1983.
Subsequent activities, such as technological advances and general debt
management regulations, have rendered many portions of the current rule
obsolete. In addition, the current rule has been found to place
unnecessary burdens on State agencies. State agencies are responsible
for establishing and collecting recipient claims.
Statement of Need:
In addition to implementing PRWORA, this rule is necessary to improve
the establishment and collection of recipient claims. The last
significant revision to these regulations was in 1983. Subsequent
activities, such as technological advances and general debt management
regulations, have rendered many portions of the current rule obsolete.
The current rule has also been found to place unnecessary burdens on
State agencies. State agencies are responsible for establishing and
collecting recipient claims. This rule will address two dimensions of
the overissuance problem: establishing claims on excess allowances, and
recovering overages where possible. Data from the food stamp quality
control system for 1998 show that overissuances to recipients totaled
over $1.3 billion, 7.63 percent of the $16.9 billion in total food
stamp issuances that year. Claims against recipients are a direct means
to recover overissuances and, to the extent that recipients know that
recovery of overissuances will be sought, represent a deterrent to
households who quietly accept the extra food benefits.
Alternatives:
The alternative is not to revise the current rule governing this aspect
of the Program. In addition, the existing regulations must be changed
to conform with the new legislative requirement. The current rule is
not adequate to facilitate effective and efficient debt management. The
inability of State agencies to establish and collect claims has
continuously been cited as a deficiency by the Department's Office of
Inspector General.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Nationwide, as of October 1, 1998, there was over $1.2 billion in
uncollected recipient claims. Inspector General reports have also noted
that, in addition to large accounts receivable for established,
uncollected claims, there are backlogs of hundreds of millions of
claims that have not yet been established. These unestablished claims
represent the most current, and typically the most collectable losses
to the program. Updated regulations that incorporate recent debt
management rules and technological advances, as well as practical
suggestions and feedback received from State agencies, should improve
the establishment and collection of recipient claims in the Food Stamp
Program. In addition, efforts will be made to increase the degree of
conformity with claims-related issues and procedures currently used in
other social programs.
Risks:
The tolerance of program abuse or even the perception of such
undermines the fundamental mission of the Food Stamp Program. The
efficient and effective establishment and collection of recipient
claims, which this rulemaking addresses, is essential in ensuring that
this does not occur.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 29303 05/28/98
NPRM Comment Period End 08/26/98
Final Action 01/00/00
Final Action Effective 01/00/01
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AB88
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
9. FOOD STAMP PROGRAM: REVISIONS TO THE RETAIL FOOD STORE DEFINITION
AND PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION GUIDANCE
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
PL 103-225; 7 USC 2012; 7 USC 2018
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 271; 7 CFR 278
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, March 25, 1994.
Abstract:
This proposed rule would implement provisions of Public Law 103-225
requiring firms to offer a variety of staple food items for sale or to
have more than 50 percent of gross retail sales in staple foods. This
rule also addresses the requirement in Public Law 103-225 to provide
periodic notices to participating firms, clarifying certain eligibility
criteria. (95-003)
Statement of Need:
Public Law 103-225 amends the Food Stamp Act of 1977, to make changes
in eligibility requirements for retail food stores to participate in
the Food Stamp Program. Prior to enactment of these changes, a retail
food store qualified to participate in the Food Stamp Program if more
than 50 percent of its total eligible food sales were in staple foods.
The new law changes that to require 50 percent of its total gross sales
in staple foods. It also provides another option for stores not meeting
the new 50 percent rule. Those stores can now qualify if they offer for
sale, on a continuous basis, a variety of food
[[Page 63902]]
in each of four categories of staple foods. The staple food categories
are defined as ``(1) meat, poultry, or fish; (2) bread or cereals; (3)
vegetables or fruits; or (4) dairy products.'' This statutory change in
eligibility will require developing policy definitions for the terms
``continuous basis,'' ``variety,'' and ``perishable.''
Alternatives:
None. The new law also requires the Secretary to issue new rules
providing for the periodic reauthorization of retail food stores and
wholesale food concerns. This must include providing periodic notice of
the definitions for ``retail food stores,'' ``staple foods,'' and
``perishable foods.''
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
It is not anticipated that this proposed rule will impact program
costs. It is anticipated that the clarifications of program eligibility
criteria in this proposed rule will make it easier for firms to
understand and for the Food and Consumer Service to administer.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 35082 06/30/99
NPRM Comment Period End 08/30/99
Final Action 08/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AB90
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FNS
10. FSP: NONDISCRETIONARY PROVISIONS OF THE PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY AND
WORK OPPORTUNITY RECONCILIATION ACT OF 1996
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-193, sec 803; PL 104-193, sec 804; PL 104-193, sec 805; PL 104-
193, sec 809; PL 104-193, sec 810; PL 104-193, sec 838; PL 104-193, sec
109; PL 104-193, sec 826
CFR Citation:
7 CFR 271.2; 7 CFR 273.1; 7 CFR 273.2; 7 CFR 273.8; 7 CFR 273.9; 7 CFR
273.10; 7 CFR 276.2(e)
Legal Deadline:
Other, Statutory, For provisions effective upon enactment, the
statutory implementation date is August 22, 1996.
Statutory Implementation Dates: PL 104-193, sec 809 - 1/1/97; PL 104-
193, sec 803, 805 and 838 - 08/22/96; PL 104-193, sec 804 and 810 - 10/
01/96.
Abstract:
This proposed rule amends the Food Stamp Program regulations to
implement eight provisions of the Personal Responsibility and Work
Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996. These provisions require no
interpretation or discretion: 1) Freeze the minimum allotment at $10;
2) change the way the maximum allotments are calculated to use 100% of
the Thrifty Food Plan as opposed to 103%; 3) freeze the standard
deduction at current level and eliminate the adjustment procedures; 4)
cap the excess shelter expense deduction; 5) change the household
composition definition so that children under 22 years of age and
living with their parents cannot be a separate household; 6) increase
the time frame from 5 to 7 days for expedited service; 7) set a time
limit of not more than 90 days living in another person's house for
considering a person homeless; and 8) set the fair market value of
vehicles at $4,600 through 9/30/96 and raise it to $4,650 effective 10/
1/96 and eliminate future adjustments. (96-021)
Statement of Need:
This action is required by P.L. 104-193.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rule is required to implement the provisions of sections 109, 803,
804, 805, 809, 810, 826, and 838 of P.L. 104-193, the Personal
Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996.
Alternatives:
None. The provisions are mandated by statute.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The provisions of this rule would reduce Food Stamp Program costs for
FY 1997-2002 by $11.2 billion.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 37454 07/12/99
NPRM Comment Period End 09/10/99
Final Action 08/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
Agency Contact:
Sheri Ackerman
Agency Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Food and Consumer Service
Room 322
3101 Park Center Drive
Alexandria, VA 22302
Phone: 703 305-2246
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0584-AC41
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
11. REFORM OF REGULATIONS ON IMPORTED LIVESTOCK AND POULTRY
PRODUCTS
Priority:
Other Significant
[[Page 63903]]
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
eliminate existing text in the CFR.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 451 et seq; 21 USC 601 et seq
CFR Citation:
9 CFR 327; 9 CFR 381
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
As part of its continuing regulatory reform effort, FSIS is proposing
to consolidate and streamline the regulations governing the importation
of livestock and poultry products to make them consistent with the
regulatory approach the Agency has taken in its Pathogen Reduction/
Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (PR/HACCP) regulations and
related rulemakings. FSIS is proposing to eliminate obsolete provisions
and, where appropriate, to replace command-and-control provisions with
performance standards. The Agency is proposing to require
establishments where import inspection is conducted to have documented
process controls that parallel in some respects the HACCP and other
documented systems that establishments where inspection of domestic
products is conducted must have. The rulemaking stems from the Agency's
commitment to its regulatory reform, reinventing government, effort to
eliminate duplication and inconsistency in the regulations and
especially to make the regulations PR/HACCP consistent.
Statement of Need:
The rulemaking stems from the Agency's commitment to its regulatory
reform, reinventing government, effort to eliminate duplication and
inconsistency in the regulations and especially to make the regulations
consistent with PR/HACCP.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rulemaking is proposed under the authorities of the Federal Meat
Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 601-695) and the Poultry Products
Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 451-470).
Alternatives:
FSIS considered the following alternative courses of action with
respect to the regulation of imported products: (1) no rulemaking; (2)
combining and streamlining the current regulations into a single body
of regulations covering imported livestock and poultry products; (3)
combining and streamlining the import regulations and requiring
establishments to have documented process controls for imported
product.
(1) The first alternative would preserve the status quo. Leaving the
current regulations unchanged would preserve the inconsistencies
between these regulations and the PR/HACCP regulations. Obsolete,
duplicative, and command-and-control provisions would not be amended or
removed.
(2) The second alternative, to combine and streamline the current
regulations, would provide the opportunity for FSIS to remove the
obsolete. command-and-control provisions of the current regulations.
(3) The third alternative, combining and streamlining the current
regulations and requiring importing establishments to have documented
process controls, would provide a more flexible system of imported
product controls than that furnished by the current regulations. Both
FSIS and the imported products industry would gain with improved
flexibility and efficiency. FSIS chose the third alternative.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
This proposed rule would affect about 125 import inspection
establishments. These would have to develop, maintain, and carry out
documented process control systems. These costs would primarily be
those associated with system development, i.e., paperwork or
information collection costs. FSIS estimates that the development costs
to the establishments would be, in the aggregate, about $55,000. The
on-going costs would be incidental to the operation of the
establishments, a number of which already have documented process
control systems.
FSIS is likely to gain some flexibility in its administration of import
inspection. The proposed requirement for official import inspection
establishments to have documented process control systems will benefit
some establishments by introducing more efficient to assess the
establishments and products for compliance because the Agency would be
verifying controls managed by the establishments rather than, in
effect, carrying out some checks that should be a normal part of
establishment operations.
The proposal would potentially have a positive effect on international
trade. The listing of additional European Union (E.U.) countries
eligible to export product to the United States, with reciprocal
actions by those countries in favor of the U.S., would potentially
expand trade in livestock products and poultry products. The amount by
which such trade would increase would depend, in part, on the number of
livestock and poultry products establishments listed respectively by
the U.S. or the E.U. as eligible to have their products imported into
the U.S. or the E.U.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 07/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Daniel L. Engeljohn
Director, Regulations Development and Analysis Division
Department of Agriculture
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Washington, DC 20250
Phone: 202 720-5276
RIN: 0583-AC56
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FSIS
12. EGG PRODUCTS INSPECTION REGULATIONS
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
21 U.S.C. 1031-1056
CFR Citation:
9 CFR 590.570; 9 CFR 590.575; 9 CFR 590.146; 9 CFR 590.10; 9 CFR
590.411;
[[Page 63904]]
9 CFR 590.502; 9 CFR 590.504; 9 CFR 590.580; 9 CFR 591; ...
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is proposing to require
egg products plants to develop and implement Hazard Analysis and
Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems and Sanitation Standard
Operating Procedures (SOP's). FSIS also is proposing pathogen reduction
performance standards that would be applicable to pasteurized egg
products. Plants would be expected to develop HACCP systems that ensure
processed egg products meet the pathogen reduction performance
standards. Finally, FSIS is proposing to amend the Federal shell egg
and egg products inspection regulations by removing current
requirements for prior approval by FSIS of egg products plant drawings,
specifications, and equipment prior to their use in official plants.
The Agency also plans to eliminate the prior label approval system for
egg products, as well as require safe handling labels on shell eggs and
egg products.
The actions being proposed are part of FSIS's regulatory reform effort
to improve FSIS's shell egg and egg products food safety regulations,
better define the roles of Government and the regulated industry,
encourage innovations that will improve food safety, remove unnecessary
regulatory burdens on inspected egg products plants, and make the shell
egg and egg products regulations as consistent as possible with the
Agency's livestock and poultry products regulations. FSIS is also
taking these actions in light of changing inspection priorities and
recent findings of Salmonella in pasteurized egg products.
Statement of Need:
The actions being proposed are part of FSIS's regulatory reform effort
to improve FSIS's shell egg and egg products food safety regulations,
better define the roles of Government and the regulated industry,
encourage innovations that will improve food safety, remove unnecessary
regulatory burdens on inspected egg products plants, and make the shell
egg and egg products regulations as consistent as possible with the
Agency's livestock and poultry products regulations. FSIS is also
taking these actions in light of changing inspection priorities and
recent findings of Salmonella in pasteurized egg products.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rulemaking is proposed under the authority of the Egg Products
Inspection Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. 1031-1056.
Alternatives:
FSIS is engaged in a thorough review of its current regulations and,
where possible, will eliminate overly prescriptive regulations and
replace them with regulations that embody performance standards.
Performance standards establish requirements in terms of the objective
to be achieved. They specify, the ends, but do not detail the means to
achieve those ends. Performance standards allow food processing
establishments to develop and employ innovative and more effective
sanitation or processing procedures customized to the nature and volume
of their production.
To address hazards that can be presented by egg products, FSIS now is
considering (1) requiring all inspected egg products plants to develop,
adopt, and implement written Sanitation SOP's and HACCP plans; and (2)
converting to a lethality-based pathogen reduction performance standard
many of the current highly prescriptive egg products processing
requirements. The implementation of HACCP and Sanitation SOP
requirements by egg products plants would reduce the occurrence and
numbers of pathogenic microorganisms in egg products. Further, with
HACCP and Sanitation SOP's in place, FSIS would be better able to
allocate its inspection resources to the areas of greatest risk; FSIS
inspection program personnel, therefore, would be better able to ensure
that egg products processing would grant plants the flexibility needed
to properly implement HACCP and Sanitation SOP's, and encourage
innovation in egg products processing. In addition, such a performance
standard for egg products processing would provide FSIS inspection
program employees an objective measure of performance useful in
processing, inspection, and enforcement.
The Agency will also propose to require that egg products plants adopt
sanitation SOP and HACCP plans. Plants will have significant latitude
in identifying the sanitation SOP and HACCP plan suitable for their
process. The egg products industry has indicated its desire to adopt
HACCP on an industry-wide basis. About 30 percent of egg products
plants have already implemented HACCP or HACCP-like programs. The
pathogen reduction performance standard that egg product plants will
have to achieve under their HACCP plans would likely have a more
economically significant impact than the requirement of Sanitation
SOP's or HACCP plans.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Costs
The expected costs of the proposal will depend on a number of factors,
including the following:
Required Lethality. The level of lethality required in the pathogen
reduction performance standard will have a significant impact on the
cost of the proposal. The expected type performance standard may
specify a uniform level of pathogen reduction for a target organism.
Alternatively, different reduction levels may be specified for white,
yolk, and whole egg products, or production processes, reflecting the
relative level of risk. As the level of lethality increases, the
ability to utilize the egg for different products and formulations is
diminished. The Agency will investigate the level of lethality that
provides an acceptable balance between risk and egg utilization.
HACCP and Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures. Implementing a
HACCP plan and Sanitation SOP's requires the preparation of a plan,
employee training, documentation and record keeping, and testing
procedures. The costs associated with HACCP implementation are reduced
by the extent to which quality assurance or similar programs are
utilized by egg products firms and the availability of off-the-shelf
HACCP plans. The types of Sanitation SOP's being considered are
essentially the same as those for meat and poultry, and costs would be
similar.
Plant Compliance/Enforcement. FSIS costs for monitoring and enforcement
are expected to be lower than those for current comparable activities
as the program moves from continuous inspection (inspector on duty
throughout the entire shift) to being monitored on a patrol assignment.
We are not aware of any estimates of FSIS costs for verifying process
control and pathogen reduction for egg products. They would probably be
similar in costs to those for meat and poultry inspection. The
monitoring costs for some plants may increase, especially those reliant
on the inspector to be the quality control expert.
[[Page 63905]]
Benefits
The types of potential benefits associated with this rule are:
Improvements in human health due to pathogen reduction; improved
utilization of FSIS inspection program resources; and cost savings
resulting from the flexibility of egg products plants in achieving a
lethality-based pathogen reduction performance standard. Once specific
alternatives are identified, economic analysis will identify the
quantitative and qualitative benefits associated with each.
Human health benefits are based on changes from a baseline level of
illnesses and the health cost per illness. FSIS egg products testing
results indicate either some pasteurization processes are inadequate,
or that egg products are being contaminated with Salmonella after
pasteurization, prior to, or during packaging. The results indicate a
very low level of contamination. Pasteurized egg products have not been
identified/associated with any known outbreaks; however, unpasteurized
egg products have been implicated in foodborne outbreaks. Salmonella
would principally be found in unpasteurized product. However, there
have been a few instances when SE has been isolated from egg products
found to be positive for the presence of Salmonella. In the majority of
these cases, the Salmonella contamination can be attributed to post-
pasteurization product contamination. Sanitation SOP and HACCP
requirements could remedy this problem by enhancing the effectiveness
of pasteurization by minimizing microbiological hazards before and
after pasteurization.
Two recent studies have raised questions about the efficacy of the
current regulatory requirements for egg products pasteurization (9 CFR
590.570). The research suggests that for certain formulations of egg
products, the required time/temperature combinations are not sufficient
to destroy high numbers of Salmonella (5 log 10), as originally
projected by USDA research completed in the 1960s. A pathogen reduction
performance standard requiring a specific reduction of Salmonella in
egg products would assist plants in ensuring that pasteurization of egg
products is effective.
FSIS has established an Egg Products Risk Management Analysis Team to
better assess the information available on potential human health risks
associated with egg products. The team is comprised of technical
personnel from FSIS and other Federal agencies. The primary task is to
fully characterize the hazard and identify potential risk mitigation
alternatives for further analysis. The USDA Salmonella Enteritidis Risk
Assessment and the CDC Salmonella surveillance data provide estimates
of the baseline level of risk. The Egg Products component of the risk
assessment is being used to identify the expected reduction in illness
attributed to the alternative identified in the proposed rule. Any new
scientific or epidemiological information will be incorporated into the
risk assessment model. The analysis will identify a range of estimated
annual illnesses prevented. A standard methodology employed by the
Economic Research Service will be used to calculate the health cost per
illness, taking into account the severity of the illness.
Sanitation SOP's would improve the utilization of FSIS inspection
program resources by refocusing FSIS sanitation inspection on the
oversight of establishment prevention and correction of conditions that
cause direct product contamination or adulteration. If Sanitation SOP's
are put in place, Agency inspection personnel will spend less time
enforcing detailed sanitation requirements and directing the correction
of problems after they occur. Instead, FSIS inspection program
personnel will focus on oversight of an establishment's implementation
of Sanitation SOP's and on taking appropriate regulatory action when an
establishment's Sanitation SOP's are not properly executed, or when
product contamination or adulteration is imminent, directly observed,
or probably had occurred.
Under the current command-and-control based system, the inspector
assumes responsibility for ``approving'' production-associated
decisions. Under HACCP, industry would assume full responsibility for
production decisions and execution. FSIS would monitor establishments'
compliance with the pathogen reduction performance standard and HACCP
requirements. The number of inspection tasks will be reduced, so
inspection program personnel can focus more attention on areas of
greatest risk in the production system within each establishment.
Performance standards set forth requirements in terms of what is to be
achieved by a given regulatory requirement. They represent a shift in
focus from ``command-and-control'' regulations in that they specify the
ends to be achieved, but not the means to achieve those ends. The
command-and-control provisions in the current regulations prescribe the
means for producing safe egg products and do not account for the
uniqueness of individual processing procedures and needs within
different plants. FSIS command-and-control regulations require all
establishments to produce egg products in the same manner. Such
prescriptive regulations are burdensome and often conflict with HACCP
and the new FSIS food safety strategy.
As a general matter, command-and-control regulations are incompatible
with HACCP and the new food safety strategy because they deprive plants
of the flexibility to innovate-adopt new, more cost-effective
production technologies, or develop new egg products. Potential
technical innovations in improving product safety can be expected with
the introduction of Sanitation SOP's and HACCP. In addition, with the
elimination of prior approval requirements, the industry would be able
to utilize computer integrated process controls and other technologies
(currently used for other types of food processing). There is potential
for the development of shelf-stable product which does not require
refrigeration. Similarly, command-and-control regulations are
incompatible with the proposed Sanitation SOP requirements because they
often prescribe the exact means by which egg product plants must
maintain sanitary conditions and do not allow the plant to assume
responsibility for sanitation. Command-and-control regulations undercut
the clear delineation of responsibility on which the food safety
strategy is based. Analysis of the gains in resource productivity,
technological change, and consumer choice will be largely qualitative.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 06/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Governmental Jurisdictions
Government Levels Affected:
None
[[Page 63906]]
Agency Contact:
Daniel L. Engeljohn
Director, Regulations Development and Analysis Division
Department of Agriculture
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Washington, DC 20250
Phone: 202 720-5276
RIN: 0583-AC58
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FSIS
13. PATHOGEN REDUCTION; HAZARD ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL CONTROL
POINT (HACCP) SYSTEMS; ADDITIONS TO E. COLI CRITERIA AND SALMONELLA
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
21 U.S.C. 601 to 695; 21 U.S.C. 451 to 470
CFR Citation:
9 CFR 310; 9 CFR 381
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
FSIS is proposing to add generic E. coli criteria and Salmonella
performance standards to the regulations. In addition, FSIS is
proposing to revise the terms used to identify and define certain
classes of product listed in the Salmonella tables.
Statement of Need:
To further enhance its Pathogen Reduction/HACCP implementation, the
Agency is proposing to add generic Eschericha coli (E. coli) criteria
for cattle, swine, and goose carcasses based on the sponging method of
sample collection and for turkey carcasses by the sponging and rinse
methods of sample collection. FSIS is also proposing new Salmonella
performance standards for cattle, swine, young turkey, and goose
carcasses by the sponging method and fresh pork sausage by direct
sampling. The new cattle performance standard replaces the existing
Salmonella performance standards for steers/heifers and cows/bulls. The
new swine standard replaces the existing standard for hogs. These new
standards apply to all market classes of cattle and swine,
respectively. In addition, FSIS is proposing to revise the terms used
to identify and define certain classes of product listed in the
Salmonella tables to more accurately reflect the products sampled in
the baseline studies that are the basis for the standards. The Agency
also intends to correct some errors in the E. coli and Salmonella
tables and to change the footnotes to the tables for greater clarity.
This rulemaking stems from the Agency's commitment to increase the use
of science-based methodology in meat and poultry inspection.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rulemaking was proposed under the authorities of the Federal Meat
Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 601-695), and the Poultry
Products Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 451-470).
Alternatives:
No action.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The Pathogen Reduction/HACCP final rule included a Final Regulatory
Impact Assessment (FRIA) (61 FR 38945). Except for the proposed
performance standard for goose carcasses, the cost and benefit
estimates and impact assessments were already presented in the FRIA.
The final rule estimated that a small percentage of firms would have to
make process modifications in order to meet the standards based on
national prevalence levels. The ongoing compliance-testing program has
basically validated the FRIA estimates. Approximately ten percent of
establishments must take corrective actions to meet existing standards.
The final rule noted that benefits would accrue from reductions in
pathogen levels, which, in turn, would lead to reductions in foodborne
illness.
In the preamble to the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP final rule, the Agency
acknowledged that the initial performance standards were based on the
current national prevalence and not on a quantitative assessment of the
risk posed by any particular incidences of Salmonella contamination or
the determination of a safe incidence level. This policy was based on
the public health judgement that reducing the percentage of carcasses
with Salmonella will reduce the risk of foodborne illness and on the
regulatory judgement that the pathogen reduction performance standards
implemented in conjunction with HACCP would lead to significant
reductions in contamination rates. Preliminary evidence indicates that
these judgements were correct. The revised and new standards proposed
now are based on the same original judgements supported by preliminary
data showing reductions in both contamination rates and foodborne
illness.
Also in the preamble of the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP final rule, FSIS
stated that the scientific basis for establishing food safety
performance standards needs to be improved. However, as noted in the
preamble and it is still true today, there is no scientific basis for
setting pathogen standards based on a quantitative assessment of risk.
As noted above, the FRIA prepared for the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP
final rule did not address the cost of complying with a performance
standard for geese. In Fiscal Year 1998 only 7 federally inspected
establishments slaughtered more than 100 geese. Based on past
experience it is likely that one or two of these establishments will
have to make some process modification to meet the proposed standard.
The adjustments could range from having to make minor adjustments to
spray nozzles used for the final carcass wash to having to install a
trisodium phosphate rinse system (estimated at $40,000 in the FRIA).
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 05/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Daniel L. Engeljohn
Director, Regulations Development and Analysis Division
Department of Agriculture
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Washington, DC 20250
Phone: 202 720-5276
RIN: 0583-AC63
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FSIS
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
14. SUBSTANCES APPROVED FOR USE IN THE PREPARATION OF MEAT AND POULTRY
PRODUCTS
Priority:
Other Significant
[[Page 63907]]
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 451 et seq; 21 USC 601 et seq
CFR Citation:
9 CFR 318; 9 CFR 381
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule will amend the Federal meat and poultry products inspection
regulations to simplify the procedures by which FSIS approves food
additives and Generally Recognized as Safe substances to be used as
ingredients in meat food products and poultry products. The final rule
will be developed in cooperation with the Food and Drug Administration
to make the Federal regulation of food additives and other substances
that may be used as ingredients in meat food and poultry products more
efficient and uniform.
Statement of Need:
This rule is a response to longstanding requests by industry
representatives for FSIS the procedures for approving and listing in
the Agency's regulations food additives and other substances used in
the preparation of meat, meat food, and poultry products. The industry
representatives have argued that the FSIS rulemakings to permit the use
of FDA-approved additives in meat, meat food, and poultry products have
been largely duplicative of the FDA procedures.
FSIS adopted a final rule in July 1983 under which the Agency could
amend its regulations on a ``fast track'' basis to provide for the use
in livestock products or poultry products, at appropriate levels and
for appropriate purposes, of FDA-approved substances. The Agency
discontinued this procedure in 1988, however, because of concerns it
might not satisfy the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act.
Comments submitted in response to USDA's February 25, 1992, notice
requesting public comments on how Department regulations can be
improved, updated, or streamlined, supported the Agency's decision to
initiate this rulemaking project in coordination with FDA. This
rulemaking has been included among the Administration's proposals for
reinventing food regulations.
Summary of Legal Basis:
This rulemaking was proposed under the authorities of the Federal Meat
Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 601-695), and the Poultry
Products Inspection Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 451-470).
Alternatives:
No action.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The public benefits conferred by this rulemaking include, principally,
those associated with the more timely regulatory approval of food and
color additives added to foods and those associated with having the
food and color additives themselves available for use more quickly. The
benefits of food and color additives added to meat, meat food, and
poultry products include the technical effects on the characteristics
of food products, the uses of the food and color additives in food
processing, and a greater variety of foods in the marketplace. Public
health benefits include the greater availability of food through
preservation techniques and improved food safety through, for example,
antimicrobial treatments of raw product and the use of curing solutions
in processed products. The benefits conferred by the availability of
food and color additives and this rulemaking will marginally increase
the food and color additives' use.
The public benefits of regulating food and color additives generally
will not change. These include, principally, the prevention of
adulteration or misbranding of food products. Consumers are provided
assurances that the products they buy do not contain food and color
additives whose use ought, for various reasons, to be prohibited, and
food and color additives that have been approved have not been used
improperly in foods. This final rulemaking will not affect such
benefits because FDA will continue to conduct safety reviews of food
and color additives proposed for use in foods, including--in
consultation with FSIS--meat, meat food, and poultry products, and FSIS
will continue to exercise its in-plant inspection and other regulatory
authorities to prevent the marketing of adulterated or misbranded meat,
meat food, and poultry products. Therefore, elimination of the
duplicative FSIS rulemaking process involved in listing or approving
food and color additives for use in meat, meat food, and poultry
products will probably save the regulated industry between $400,000 and
$600,000 a year over and above the savings the Government itself will
realize in administrative costs. (According to industry
representatives, the cost of filing one food or color additive is
approximately $100,000. This includes research and administrative
costs.)
Other less calculable benefits arise through the removal of a
disincentive to innovative. With the potential expansion of uses of
approved food additives and other new food and color additives that
will result from the easing of the current regulatory burden, new
product development and marketing are encouraged.
This final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. Obtaining approval for the use in
meat, meat food, and poultry products of new food and color additives
or for new uses of previously listed or approved food and color
additives will be simpler, faster, and less costly for both industry
and the Federal Government than under the current system.
FSIS now may authorize for use in meat, meat food, or poultry products
only those food and color additives that have been previously reviewed
for safety and approved for such use by FDA. Under the final rule,
separate petitions to FSIS will no longer have to be submitted. FSIS
will permit food and color additives to be used in products under its
jurisdiction based on FDA's title 21 regulations permitting such uses.
Those food and color additives not approved for meat, meat food, or
poultry product use under current FDA regulations will require only one
petition for rulemaking--to FDA.
FSIS currently receives approximately four to six petitions per year
for the listing or approval of food and color additives for use in
livestock products and poultry products. Approximately 75 percent of
these petitions are from large commercial entities.
Risks:
As mentioned, potential public health benefits of this rule include the
greater availability of food through preservation techniques and
improved food safety through, for example, antimicrobial treatments of
raw product and the use of curing solutions in processed products. A
more timely and efficient approval process would make these benefits
available sooner than
[[Page 63908]]
they can be under the current approval process. However, FSIS has no
way of forecasting how many food and color additives that yield health
and safety benefits will be submitted to FDA in any given future year.
The Agency therefore does not have a basis for quantifying the future
health and safety benefits of this rule.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 60 FR 67459 12/29/95
NPRM Comment Period End 05/06/96
Final Action 01/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Daniel L. Engeljohn
Director, Regulations Development and Analysis Division
Department of Agriculture
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Washington, DC 20250
Phone: 202 720-5276
RIN: 0583-AB02
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FSIS
15. ELIMINATION OF REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTIAL QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAMS
Priority:
Other Significant
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
eliminate existing text in the CFR.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 451 et seq; 21 USC 601 et seq
CFR Citation:
9 CFR 317; 9 CFR 318; 9 CFR 319; 9 CFR 381
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This proposed rule would amend the meat and poultry inspection
regulations by removing most requirements pertaining to partial quality
control (PQC) programs. A PQC program controls a single product,
operation, or part of an operation in a meat or poultry establishment.
The proposal would remove the design requirements affecting most PQC
programs that establishments have and most requirements for
establishments to have PQC programs for certain products or processes.
The proposal would also remove from the thermal processing regulations
the requirements for FSIS prior approval, or approval before use, of
systems and devices not specified in the regulations and all
requirements concerning PQC programs. The proposal would expand the
alternatives available to establishments under the thermal processing
regulations for ensuring the safety of their products. However, the
requirements for establishments to have quality control programs to
control food irradiation processing and certain slaughtering inspection
systems for poultry and the requirements concerning the design and
content of those programs would be unaffected by this rulemaking. This
proposal is intended to allow establishments under inspection
additional flexibility, consistent with the Pathogen Reduction/Hazard
Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) regulations, to adopt new
technologies and methods that will improve food safety and other
consumer protections.
Statement of Need:
FSIS carries out programs designed to ensure that meat, poultry, and
egg products are wholesome, not adulterated, and properly marked,
labeled, and packaged. FSIS is implementing the ``Pathogen Reduction;
Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems'' final rule
promulgated July 25, 1996 (61 FR 38806), to reduce the risk of
foodborne illness associated with consumption of meat and poultry
products to the maximum extent possible. Under the Pathogen Reduction/
HACCP final rule, establishments are to accomplish this objective by
taking appropriate and feasible measures to prevent or reduce the
likelihood of physical, chemical, and microbiological hazards in the
production of meat and poultry products.
FSIS is reviewing its other regulations to determine how they can be
made more consistent with the Pathogen Reduction/HACCP regulations and
the regulations and the regulatory approach they embody. Included in
this review are regulations concerning sanitation standards, the
exclusion from the food supply of meat and poultry products with
visible defects affecting safety or quality, and preventing the
economic adulteration of meat and poultry products.
As stated in the December 29, 1995, advance notice of proposed
rulemaking (ANPRM) ``FSIS Agenda for Change'' (60 FR 67469), FSIS plans
to eliminate regulations that are unnecessary and, to the extent
possible, modify or replace command-and-control prescriptions with
performance standards. Command-and-control requirements specify, often
in great detail, how a plant is to achieve particular food safety or
other regulatory objectives, while performance standards state the
objectives or levels of performance to be achieved, and the plant can
then choose how to achieve them. Replacing command-and-control
requirements with performance standards will afford inspected
establishments the flexibility to adopt technological innovations that
can yield food safety benefits.
This change is also compelled by the philosophy underlying HACCP
systems. Under the HACCP approach, plant management builds into its
food production processes science-based controls and related measures--
the HACCP plans--required to ensure food safety. The HACCP plans can
vary from plant to plant.
Where appropriate, command-and-control regulations must be changed to
provide greater flexibility for industry to design and implement
processes and HACCP systems of control, tailored to the circumstances
of each plant. This is consistent with the HACCP approach, which
clearly delineates industry and Government responsibility for food
safety, with plants establishing procedures they will follow to ensure
the production of safe food.
Among the regulations FSIS has identified as candidates for
modification or elimination to be consistent with HACCP are
restrictive, command-and-control-type regulations which delimit
processing and treatment methods intended to eliminate specific food
safety hazards and requirements concerning PQC programs. Among these
are requirements that establishments have such programs for their
products or processes and requirements concerning the design of such
programs.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Under the Federal Meat Inspection Act (21 USC 601 et seq.) and the
Poultry Products Inspection Act (21 USC 451 et seq.), FSIS issues
regulations governing the production of meat and poultry products
prepared for
[[Page 63909]]
distribution in interstate commerce. The Agency also issues regulations
concerning the sanitation conditions under which such products are
prepared.
Alternatives:
The alternatives to this proposed rulemaking that FSIS considered were,
in addition to the alternative of no rulemaking, market sampling of
finished products, mandating additional in-plant controls, sampling
finished products for chemical analysis, general requirements and
standards for PQC programs, and the elimination of all TQC and PQC
requirements.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The proposed rule could save the regulated industry up to $14,000,000
in costs associated with developing PQC programs according to FSIS
specifications and in operating PQC programs that are mandated by the
regulations.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 26892 05/18/99
NPRM Comment Period End 07/19/99
Final Rule 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, State
Agency Contact:
Daniel L. Engeljohn
Director, Regulations Development and Analysis Division
Department of Agriculture
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Washington, DC 20250
Phone: 202 720-5276
RIN: 0583-AC35
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--Forest Service (FS)
-----------
PRERULE STAGE
-----------
16. NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEM ROADLESS AREAS
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
16 USC 472; 16 USC 551; 16 USC 1604; 42 USC 4321
CFR Citation:
36 CFR 294
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
On October 13, 1999, the President directed the Forest Service to begin
an open and public dialogue about the future of inventoried roadless
areas within the National Forest System. As the first step in carrying
out the President's direction, the Forest Service published a Notice of
Intent to prepare an environmental impact statement in the Federal
Register on October 19, 1999 (64 FR 56306). The Notice of Intent
initiates the scoping process, whereby the Forest Service is soliciting
public comment on the nature and scope of the environmental, social,
and economic issues related to roadless areas. The public has been
asked to provide comments by December 20, 1999. Additionally, the
agency is holding scoping meetings in every Forest Service Region to
facilitate public comment on the scope of an environmental analysis and
alternatives. This initiative responds to strong public sentiment for
protecting roadless areas and the public benefits those areas provide,
including clean water, biological diversity, wildlife habitat, forest
health, dispersed recreational opportunities, and other benefits. It
also responds to budgetary concerns about the National Forest road
system. The public has long questioned the logic of building new roads
in roadless areas when the Forest Service receives insufficient funding
to maintain its existing road system. To assist in determining the
scope and content of a proposed rule, the agency will prepare an
environmental impact statement to analyze (1) the effects of
eliminating certain activities such as road construction in the
remaining unroaded portions of inventoried roadless areas on the
National Forest System; and (2) the effects of establishing criteria
and procedures to ensure that the social and ecological values are
considered and protected through the forest planning process. The draft
environmental impact statement (EIS) and a proposed rule that embodies
the preferred alternative identified in the draft EIS are expected to
be available for public review and comment in the spring of 2000.
Statement of Need:
Areas that are without roads have inherent values that are increasingly
scarce and highly desirable. Under present management policies, the
maintenance of areas with these values cannot be guaranteed. At the
same time, present and foreseeable funding for road maintenance is
expected to be only a small fraction of the total needed to meet
environmental and safety standards. Therefore, it is necessary for the
agency to change its policies and practices for roadless area
management to reflect different resource priorities and realistic
funding levels.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Forest Service's proposal to initiate a rulemaking process to
protect roadless areas comes under applicable administrative and
environmental laws, including the Organic Act, the Multiple-Use
Sustained-Yield Act, the National Forest Management Act, and the
National Environmental Policy Act.
Alternatives:
The agency could either continue under existing regulations or propose
regulations to address the protection of roadless areas.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
As part of the development of a proposed rule, the agency will assess
the environmental impacts, as well as the costs and benefits of
promulgating a rule for the protection of roadless areas. The benefits
of publishing the rule are to preserve the value of areas without
roads, including biological diversity, clean water, and other social,
economic, and ecological values. Without this protection, the cost to
the taxpayer in the future may be considerable, in terms of the loss of
desirable aesthetic qualities that are becoming increasingly scarce.
Risks:
The planned regulatory action addresses the protection of roadless
areas and would not directly cause specific risks to public health,
safety, or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 64 FR 56306 10/19/99
ANPRM Comment Period End 12/20/99
NPRM 04/00/00
NPRM Comment Period End 06/00/00
[[Page 63910]]
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
Agency Contact:
Marian P. Connolly
Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Forest Service
P.O. Box 96090
Washington, DC 20090-6090
Phone: 703 605-4533
Fax: 703 605-5111
Email: mconnoll/[email protected]
RIN: 0596-AB77
_______________________________________________________________________
USDA--FS
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
17. NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEM LAND AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PLANNING
Priority:
Other Significant
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
16 USC 1600 et seq; 5 USC 301
CFR Citation:
36 CFR 219
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
On October 5, 1999, the Forest Service published a proposed rule to
guide land and resource management planning for the National Forest
System. The proposed planning framework makes sustainability the
foundation for National Forest System planning and management and
establishes requirements for implementation, monitoring, evaluation,
amendment, and revision of land and resource management plans. The
intended effects are to simplify, clarify, and otherwise improve the
planning process to reduce burdensome and costly procedural
requirements; and to strengthen collaborative relationships with the
public and other government entities. The comment period ends on
January 4, 2000.
Statement of Need:
The need for the rule arises from having completed the first round of
forest plans as required by the National Forest Management Act. The
Forest Service contracted with the Conservation Foundation and Purdue
University to conduct a comprehensive critique of the planning process
and plan decisions. The critique involved both agency employees and
external participants--state and local governments, businesses,
environmental organizations, and others--and resulted in several
volumes of findings and recommendations. Key recommendations were to
strengthen the emphasis on ecosystem sustainability and health; to
incorporate ecoregional and watershed-level assessments; and to
strengthen opportunities for public participation in the planning
process and for greater interaction and dialog with Federal, State,
local and Indian tribal governments. Building on those recommendations,
the agency published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and a
proposed rule in 1995. The proposed rule was controversial. There was a
strong concern that the agency had not chartered a Committee of
Scientists as was required by the statute for the initial planning
regulations. In response, the Secretary of Agriculture decided to
appoint a Committee of Scientists to provide advice in the development
of a science-based approach to the planning process. The proposed rule
is built on the Committee's recommendations for achieving more
collaborative, dynamic, science-based planning that fosters
collaboration among Forest Service officials, state, local, and Indian
governments, organizations, and the public at large.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The legal basis for the planned regulatory action is the National
Forest Management Act, which requires that regulations be promulgated.
This final action will revise the existing regulation which was
finalized in 1982.
Alternatives:
Alternatives to this rule that were considered include continuing under
existing regulations or staying with the concepts in the embodied 1995
rulemaking effort. The agency determined that the Committee's
recommendations should be the basis for a new proposed rule.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
A cost-benefit analysis has been completed as part of an Environmental
Assessment. Based on that analysis, it is anticipated that streamlined
planning procedures will result in a reduction in the cost of amending
and revising forest plans relative to the same procedures under the
existing regulation. Other benefits should include improved
communication and coordination with the public and other agencies and
governments, better understanding of the planning process, improved
procedures for resource decisionmaking, and improved on-the-ground
results as those decisions are implemented.
Risks:
The planned regulatory action addresses agency planning procedures and
would not directly cause specific risks to public health, safety, or
the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 56 FR 6508 02/15/91
NPRM 60 FR 18886 04/13/95
NPRM Comment Per60 FR 36767 08/17/95
Second NPRM 64 FR 54074 10/05/99
Second NPRM Comment Period End 01/04/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Marian P. Connolly
Regulatory Officer
Department of Agriculture
Forest Service
P.O. Box 96090
Washington, DC 20090-6090
Phone: 703 605-4533
Fax: 703 605-5111
Email: mconnoll/[email protected]
RIN: 0596-AB20
BILLING CODE 3410-90-F
[[Page 63911]]
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (DOC)
Statement of Regulatory and Deregulatory Priorities
Sustainable, long-term economic growth is a central focus of the
President's policies and priorities. The mission of the Department of
Commerce (DOC) is to promote job creation, economic growth, sustainable
development, and improved living standards for all Americans by working
in partnership with business, universities, communities, and workers
to:
Build for the future and promote U.S. competitiveness in the
global marketplace by strengthening and safeguarding the
Nation's economic infrastructure;
Keep America competitive with cutting-edge science and
technology and an unrivaled information base; and
Provide effective management and stewardship of our Nation's
resources and assets to ensure sustainable economic
opportunities.
The Commerce mission statement, containing our three strategic themes,
provides the vehicle for understanding Commerce's aims, how they
interlock, and how they are to be implemented through our programs.
Working collectively, the bureaus of the Department (including the
Office of the Secretary) developed this mission statement, with the
intent that it serve as both a statement of Departmental philosophy and
as the guiding force behind the Department's programs.
The importance that this mission statement and these strategic themes
have for the Nation is amplified by the vision they pursue for
America's communities, businesses, and families. Commerce is the
smallest Cabinet agency, yet our presence is felt, and our
contributions are found, in every State.
The DOC touches Americans, daily, in many ways--we make possible the
weather reports that all of us hear every morning; we facilitate the
technology that all of us use in the workplace and in the home each
day; we support the development, gathering, and transmitting of
information essential to competitive business; we make possible the
diversity of companies and goods found in America's (and the world's)
marketplace; and we support environmental and economic health for the
communities in which Americans live.
The DOC has a clear and powerful vision for itself, for its role in
the Federal Government, and for its roles supporting the American
people, now and in the future. We confront the intersection of trade
promotion, civilian technology, economic development, sustainable
development, and economic analysis, and we want to provide leadership
in these areas for the Nation. As a Department, we aspire to provide
programs and services that serve our country's businesses, communities,
and families, as initiated and supported by the President and the
Congress. We are dedicated to making those programs and services as
effective as possible, while ensuring that they are being delivered in
the most cost-effective ways. We seek to function in close concert with
other agencies having complementary responsibilities so that our
collective impact can be most powerful. We seek to meet the needs of
our customers quickly and efficiently, with programs, information, and
services they require and deserve.
As a permanent part of the Federal Government, but serving an
Administration and Congress that can vary with election results, we
seek to serve the unchanging needs of the Nation, according to the
priorities of the President and the Congress. We are able to do this
effectively by functioning in accordance with the legislation that
undergirds our programs and by working closely with the President and
the committees in Congress, which have programmatic and financial
oversight for our programs.
In his 1996 State of the Union message, the President said: ``Now we
move to an age of technology, information, and global competition.
These changes have opened vast new opportunities, but they have also
presented us with stiff challenges.'' The Vice President has sounded a
similar call: ``Americans also understand that in a global economy, the
only way to maintain America's competitive edge is to lead the world in
innovation and new technologies. Investments in science and technology
mean better jobs, higher wages, and a growing economy.'' In the 1997
State of the Union address, the President said: ``Over the last four
years, we have brought new economic growth by investing in our people,
expanding our exports, cutting our deficits, creating over 11 million
new jobs, a four-year record.... We face no imminent threat, but we do
have an enemy. The enemy of our time is inaction.'' He continued: ``To
prepare America for the 21st century, we must harness the powerful
forces of science and technology to benefit all Americans.'' Again, in
the 1998 State of the Union message, the President said: Rarely have
Americans lived through so much change, in so many ways, in so short a
time. Quietly, but with gathering force, the ground has shifted beneath
our feet as we have moved into an Information Age, a global economy, a
truly new world.... As we enter the 21st century, the global economy
requires us to seek opportunity not just at home, but in all the
markets of the world. We must shape this global economy, not shrink
from it..... Today, record high exports account for fully one-third of
our economic growth. I want to keep them going, because that's the way
to keep America growing and to advance a safer, more stable world.
President Clinton, in the 1999 State of the Union message, said If we
... invest in our people, our communities, our technology, and lead in
the global economy--then we will begin to meet our historic
responsibility to build a 21st century prosperity for America.
These words embody the mission of the DOC: to help keep America as the
world's technology leader; to help American companies compete globally;
to enable communities to conquer economic challenges; to stimulate the
growth of high-pay, high-quality jobs; to preserve and protect the
environment and our natural resources, as well as safeguard the public
from the adverse impacts of undesirable environmental changes; and to
provide information, which is vital to ensuring sound business and
policy decisions.
Commerce promotes and expedites American exports, helps nurture
business contacts abroad, protects U.S. firms from unfair foreign
competition, and makes how-to-export information accessible to small
and mid-sized companies throughout the Nation, thereby ensuring that
U.S. market opportunities span the globe.
Commerce encourages development in every community, clearing the way
for private-sector growth by building or rebuilding economically
deprived and distressed communities. We promote minority
entrepreneurship to establish businesses that frequently anchor
neighborhoods and create new job opportunities. We work with the
private sector to enhance competitive assets.
As the Nation looks to revitalize its industries and communities,
Commerce works as a partner with private entities to build America with
an eye on the future. Through technology, research and development, and
innovation, we are making sure America continues to prosper in the
short-term, while also
[[Page 63912]]
helping industries prepare for long-term success.
Commerce's considerable information capacities help businesses
understand clearly where our national and world economies are going,
and take advantage of that knowledge by planning the road ahead. Armed
with this information, businesses can undertake the new ventures,
investments, and expansions that make our economy grow.
The capacity for managing the Nation's assets and resources is another
key policy driver for Commerce, an essential one in our ability to help
the Nation succeed in the future. These activities--ranging from
protecting our fisheries to controlling the radio frequency spectrum to
protecting intellectual property--affect the economy directly.
The DOC has instituted programs and policies that lead to cutting-
edge, competitive, and better paying jobs. We work every day to boost
exports, to deregulate business, to help smaller manufacturers battle
foreign competition, to advance the technologies critical to our future
prosperity, to invest in our communities, and to fuse economic and
environmental goals.
The DOC is American business' surest ally in job creation, serving as
a vital resource base, a tireless advocate, and its Cabinet-level
voice.
The Department's Regulatory Plan directly tracks these policy and
program priorities, only a few of which involve regulation of the
private sector by the Department.
Responding to the Administration's Regulatory Philosophy and Principles
The vast majority of the Department's programs and activities do not
involve regulation. Of the Department's 12 primary operating units,
only five--the Bureau of Export Administration (BXA), the International
Trade Administration (ITA), the Economic Development Administration,
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the
Patent and Trademark Office--plan significant preregulatory or
regulatory actions for this Regulatory Plan year. Only two of these
operating units, BXA and NOAA, have a regulatory action rising to the
level of the most important of the Department's significant regulatory
actions planned for the Regulatory Plan year.
Though not principally a regulatory agency, the DOC has long been a
leader in advocating and using market-oriented regulatory approaches in
lieu of traditional command-and-control regulations when such
approaches offer a better alternative. All regulations are designed and
implemented to maximize societal benefits while placing the smallest
possible burden on those being regulated.
The DOC is also refocusing on its regulatory mission by taking into
account, among other things, the President's regulatory principles. To
the extent permitted by law, all preregulatory and regulatory
activities and decisions adhere to the Administration's statement of
regulatory philosophy and principles, as set forth in section 1 of
Executive Order 12866. Moreover, we have made bold and dramatic
changes, never being satisfied with the status quo. Over the past seven
years we have emphasized, initiated, and expanded programs that work in
partnership with the American people to secure the Nation's economic
future. At the same time we have downsized, cut regulations, closed
offices, and eliminated programs and jobs that are not part of our core
mission. The bottom line is that, after much thought and debate, we
have made many hard choices needed to make this Department ``state of
the art.''
The Secretary has prohibited the issuance of any regulation that
discriminates on the basis of race, religion, gender, or any other
suspect category and requires that all regulations be written in
simple, plain English and be understandable to those affected by them.
The Secretary also requires that the Department afford the public the
maximum possible opportunity to participate in Departmental
rulemakings, even where public participation is not required by law.
Improving the Regulatory Environment for Small Business
The DOC remains committed to its goal of providing small businesses
with the least burdensome regulatory environment possible. While we
believe small business should remain free from the constraints of
regulation whenever possible, the Department realizes that there are
times where these entities must be subject to regulation of some kind.
But in all cases where small businesses will be affected by DoC
regulations, we make every effort to provide them with all relevant and
necessary information at the earliest possible time, while making
representatives of the Department available to discuss any problems or
questions that may arise in complying with these regulations.
Additionally, the Department remains committed to providing small
businesses with the greatest amount of warning prior to the issuance of
any regulation that could affect them directly or indirectly.
Within the Department, the two agencies that regulate activities of
small business are the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) and the Bureau of Export Administration (BXA). Both NOAA and BXA
have taken numerous actions to comply with the Departmental goal of
providing small businesses with the least burdensome regulatory
environment, while working with small business to ensure that when
regulations are issued, small businesses are informed as early as
possible and prepared to meet regulatory requirements.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
When NOAA issues regulations that impact small business, NOAA Special
Agents and officers begin an information outreach campaign to educate
the regulated community on the new or amended regulations. This
outreach campaign involves boarding vessels and visiting fish dealers
to explain the new regulations and answer questions regarding
compliance. Special Agents and officers educate the regulated community
on the technical aspects of the regulations and the conservation value
of the management plan and regulations.
It has long been NOAA's practice to answer inquiries by small entities
whenever appropriate in the interest of administering statutes and
regulations. Inquiries are received via telephone, mail, and electronic
mail; during public hearings, town hall meetings, and workshops held by
NOAA throughout the year; and in the day-to-day interactions that small
entities have with NOAA personnel. As a result, NOAA answers tens of
thousands of inquiries from small entities each year.
NOAA also issues written warnings rather than penalties for many minor
violations. Since March 1996, NOAA has issued approximately 1,216
written warnings. In addition, NOAA has a Summary Settlement System
that allows violators, including small entities, to choose not to
contest an alleged violation and to pay a reduced penalty within a
specified time period following receipt of the Summary Settlement
Notice. Since March 1996, approximately 708 Summary Settlement offers
were extended by NOAA.
[[Page 63913]]
NOAA has also established a Fix-It Notice (FIN) program for the
reduction or waiver of civil penalties under several of the natural
resource protection statutes NOAA enforces, including the Marine Mammal
Protection Act, the Endangered Species Act, and the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Under the FIN program, dozens
of minor, first-time violations that are of a technical nature and do
not have a direct natural resource impact, receive a FIN, which allows
the violation to be corrected in lieu of a penalty. The FIN identifies
the violation and allows the violator a specified amount of time to fix
the violation. At this time, there are over 130 types of violations
that have been included in the FIN program. NOAA's Civil Administrative
Penalty Schedule has been amended to reflect the FIN program. Since
March 1996, approximately 348 Fix-It Notices were issued in lieu of
penalties, many to small entities. The FIN program has helped NOAA
achieve compliance and has elicited a positive response from the
regulated community, which includes small entities.
Bureau of Export Administration
BXA administers a classification and advisory opinion program. Under
the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), which set the criteria for
export of dual-use items, commercial items with potential military or
weapons proliferation applications, an exporter has the responsibility
of classifying the item it seeks to export to determine if an export
license is required. In light of this responsibility, BXA has
established a program whereby an exporter can ask BXA whether the item
is subject to the EAR and, if so, the correct classification of that
item. Further, for a given end-use, end-user, or destination, BXA will
advise an exporter whether an export license is required, or likely to
be granted.
BXA has continually used technological advances in order to provide
information and customer service to those entities that may be affected
by BXA activities. Through its Fax-on-Demand system, BXA enables
exporters to access useful information by facsimile 24 hours a day, and
this service has been expanded to provide over 60 documents, including
recent regulatory changes, upcoming workshops, useful points of
contact, and a wide variety of other competitiveness and trade-related
information. BXA also uses its broadcast subscription and broadcast e-
mail services, known as netFacts, combined with its longstanding
facsimile service, First Facts, to provide regular and timely updates
regarding regulatory and policy changes and other items of interest to
exporters.
In addition, BXA spends a great deal of time educating industry about
the export control provisions of the EAR. BXA has an extensive outreach
program, conducting seminars throughout the United States and overseas.
For example, as a standard part of the seminar, BXA provides a set of
guidelines, Export Management System Guidelines, to assist firms in
ensuring that their exports and export decisions are consistent with
the EAR. The EAR also contain ``Know Your Customer'' guidelines and
``red flag'' indicators, designed to assist exporters in complying with
regulatory requirements.
The BXA Web site offers those with Internet access to a wide range of
export control information, including frequently asked questions, free
access to the full text of Export Administration Regulations, and links
to other government sites. BXA's Simplified Network Application Process
(SNAP) allows submission of license applications and classification
requests through the Internet.
Description of Agency Regulations
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) establishes
and administers Federal policy for the conservation and management of
the Nation's oceanic, coastal, and atmospheric resources. It provides a
variety of essential environmental services vital to public safety and
to the Nation's economy, such as weather forecasts and storm warnings.
It is a source of objective information on the state of the
environment. NOAA plays the lead role in achieving the Departmental
goal of promoting stewardship by providing assessments of the global
environment.
Recognizing that economic growth must go hand-in-hand with
environmental stewardship, the Commerce Department, through NOAA,
conducts programs designed to provide a better understanding of the
connections between environmental health, economics, and national
security. Commerce's emphasis on ``sustainable fisheries'' is saving
fisheries and confronting short-term economic dislocation, while
boosting long-term economic growth. The Department of Commerce is where
business and environmental interests intersect, and the classic debate
on the use of natural resources is transformed into a ``win-win''
situation for the environment and the economy.
Three of NOAA's major components, the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), the National Ocean Service (NOS), and the National
Environmental Satellite, Data, and Information Service (NESDIS),
exercise regulatory authority.
NMFS oversees the management and conservation of the Nation's marine
fisheries, protects marine mammals, and promotes economic development
of the U.S. fishing industry. NOS assists the coastal states in their
management of land and ocean resources in their coastal zones,
including estuarine research reserves; manages the Nation's national
marine sanctuaries; monitors marine pollution; and directs the national
program for deep-seabed minerals and ocean thermal energy. NESDIS
administers the civilian weather satellite program and licenses private
organizations to operate commercial land-remote sensing satellite
systems.
The Administration is committed to an environmental strategy that
promotes sustainable economic development and rejects the false choice
between environmental goals and economic growth. The intent is to have
the Government's economic decisions be guided by a comprehensive
understanding of the environment. The DOC, through NOAA, has a unique
role in promoting stewardship of the global environment through
effective management of the Nation's marine and coastal resources and
in monitoring and predicting changes in the Earth's environment, thus
linking trade, development, and technology with environmental issues.
NOAA has the primary Federal responsibility for providing sound
scientific observations, assessments, and forecasts of environmental
phenomena on which resource management and other societal decisions can
be made.
In the environmental stewardship area, NOAA's goals include:
rebuilding U.S. fisheries by refocusing policies and fishery management
planning on increased scientific information; increasing the
populations of depleted, threatened, or endangered species of marine
mammals by implementing recovery plans that provide for their recovery
while still allowing for economic and recreational opportunities;
promoting healthy coastal ecosystems by ensuring that economic
development is managed in
[[Page 63914]]
ways that maintain biodiversity and long-term productivity for
sustained use; and modernizing navigation and positioning services. In
the environmental assessment and prediction area, goals include:
modernizing the National Weather Service; implementing reliable
seasonal and interannual climate forecasts to guide economic planning;
providing science-based policy advice on options to deal with very
long-term (decadal to centennial) changes in the environment; and
advancing and improving short-term warning and forecast services for
the entire environment.
Magnuson-Stevens Act Rulemakings
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-
Stevens Act) rulemakings concern the conservation and management of
fishery resources in the U.S. 3-to-200-mile Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ). Among the several hundred rulemakings that NOAA plans to issue
in the Regulatory Plan year, a number of the preregulatory and
regulatory actions will be significant. The exact number of such
rulemakings is unknown, since they are usually initiated by the actions
of eight regional Fishery Management Councils (FMCs) that are
responsible for preparing fishery management plans (FMPs) and FMP
amendments, and for drafting implementing regulations for each managed
fishery. Once a rulemaking is triggered by an FMC, the Magnuson-Stevens
Act places stringent deadlines upon NMFS by which it must exercise its
rulemaking responsibilities. Most of these rulemakings will be minor,
involving only the opening or closing of a fishery under an existing
FMP. While no one Magnuson-Stevens Act rulemaking is among the
Department's most important significant regulatory actions, and,
therefore, none is specifically described below, the sum of these
actions, and a few of the individual actions themselves, are highly
significant.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act, which is the primary legal authority for
Federal regulation to conserve and manage fishery resources,
establishes eight regional FMCs, responsible for preparing FMPs and FMP
amendments. NMFS issues regulations to implement FMPs and FMP
amendments. FMPs address a variety of fishery matters, including
depressed stocks, overfished stocks, gear conflicts, and foreign
fishing. One of the problems that FMPs may address is preventing
overcapitalization (preventing excess fishing capacity) of fisheries.
This may be resolved by limiting access to those dependent on the
fishery in the past and/or by allocating the resource through
individual transferable quotas, which can be sold on the open market to
other participants or those wishing access. Quotas set on sound
scientific information, whether as a total fishing limit for a species
in a fishery or as a share assigned to each vessel participant, enable
stressed stocks to rebuild. Other measures include staggering fishing
seasons or limiting gear types to avoid gear conflicts on the fishing
grounds, and establishing seasonal and area closures to protect fishery
stocks.
NMFS favors the concept of framework FMPs where applicable. Such FMPs
provide ranges, boundaries, and decision rules within which NMFS can
change management measures without formally amending the FMP. Further,
consistent with the recommendations on improving regulatory systems,
which accompany the Report of the National Performance Review, NMFS
favors using market-oriented approaches in managing fisheries. Open-
access fisheries are destined to have too many people investing too
much money in vessels and equipment. Access controls (e.g., a limited
number of permits) represent a rational approach for managing fishery
resources; they can be used to control fishing mortality levels and to
prevent overfishing, economic dissipation, and subsequent economic and
social dislocation. Of course overall quotas will need to be set based
on the best scientific information available as to such things as stock
status and optimum yields.
The FMCs provide a forum for public debate and, using the best
scientific information available, make the judgments needed to
determine optimum yield on a fishery-by-fishery basis. Optional
management measures are examined and selected in accordance with the
national standards set forth in the Magnuson-Stevens Act. This process,
including the selection of the preferred management measures,
constitutes the development, in simplified form, of an FMP. The FMP,
together with draft implementing regulations and supporting
documentation, is submitted to NMFS for review against the national
standards set forth in the Magnuson-Stevens Act, in other provisions of
the Act, and other applicable laws. The same process applies to
amending an existing approved FMP.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act contains ten national standards against which
fishery management measures are judged. NMFS has supplemented the
standards with guidelines interpreting each standard, and is currently
in the process of updating and adding to those guidelines. One of the
national standards requires that management measures, where
practicable, minimize costs and avoid unnecessary duplication. Under
the guidelines, NMFS will not approve management measures submitted by
an FMC unless the fishery is in need of management. Together, the
standards and the guidelines correspond to many of the Administration's
principles of regulation as set forth in section 1(b) of Executive
Order 12866. One of the national standards establishes a qualitative
equivalent to the Executive Order's net benefits requirement--one of
the focuses of the Administration's statement of regulatory philosophy
as stated in section 1(a) of the Order.
Licensing of Private Commercial Remote-Sensing Satellite Systems
NOAA/NESDIS is planning to issue a second proposed rule to revise its
existing procedures governing the licensing of private commercial Earth
remote-sensing space systems under title II of the Land Remote Sensing
Policy Act of 1992, 15 U.S.C. 5601 et seq. (1992 Act).
Title II of the 1992 Act requires that any person subject to the
jurisdiction or control of the United States obtain a license from the
Secretary of Commerce before operating a private remote-sensing space
system. The authority to issue licenses has been delegated to the
Administrator of NOAA and redelegated to the Assistant Administrator
for Satellite and Information Services.
On July 10, 1987, NOAA published final regulations implementing title
IV of the Land Remote Sensing Act of 1984 (the 1984 Act) setting forth
the procedural requirements for obtaining a license. In 1988, the Radio
Television News Directors Association filed a Petition for Rulemaking
requesting NOAA to reopen these regulations in light of the President's
January 5, 1988, Decision Directive encouraging commercial space
development. On January 18, 1989, NOAA responded to this Petition,
agreeing to reopen the regulations and incorporate certain principles
favorable to commercial development that were consistent with the
Directive. See 54 FR 1945.
Shortly thereafter, Congress began to review the 1984 Act and, on
October 28, 1992, enacted the 1992 Act, which repealed and succeeded
the 1984 Act.
[[Page 63915]]
The 1992 Act made significant changes to the 1984 Act, particularly
with regard to the latter's requirement that all unenhanced data must
be provided on a nondiscriminatory basis. The 1992 Act also provided
for judicial review of certain licensing and enforcement actions. NOAA
has issued ten licenses under the regime established in the 1992 Act.
On March 9, 1994, the President issued a policy decision to ``support
and enhance U.S. competitiveness in the field of remote sensing space
capabilities, while at the same time protecting U.S. interests in
national security and international obligations.'' This established a
number of policies that promote an appropriate balance between these
interests. Specifically, the President's policy announced the goal of
enhancing U.S. competitiveness in a market that is projected to be
worth approximately $2 billion worldwide by the year 2000, while at the
same time addressing the national security concerns brought up by other
Government agencies. The President's policy covers foreign access to
remote-sensing systems, technology, products, and data. It states that
there is a presumption that systems whose capabilities are already
available in the global marketplace will be ``favorably considered.''
It also elaborated eight more conditions that are to be applied to any
license. The most significant of these conditions are:
(1) During periods when national security or international obligations
and/or foreign policies may be compromised, as defined by
the Secretary of Defense or the Secretary of State,
respectively, the Secretary of Commerce may, after
consultation with the appropriate agencies, require the
licensee to limit data collection and/or distribution by
the system to the extent necessitated by the given
situation. Decisions to impose such limits only will be
made by the Secretary of Commerce in consultation with the
Secretary of Defense or Secretary of State, as appropriate.
Disagreements between Cabinet Secretaries may be appealed
to the President;
(2) That the licenses are not subject to foreign ownership, above a
specified threshold, without the explicit permission of the
Secretary of Commerce; and
(3) Licensees must notify the U.S. Government of their intent to enter
into significant or substantial agreements with new foreign
customers. Interested agencies are to be given advance
notice of such agreements to allow them to review the
proposed agreement in light of national security,
international obligations, and foreign policy concerns. The
President's policy stated that the definition of a
significant or substantial agreement, as well as the time
frames and other details of this process, were to be
defined by the Commerce Department in regulations.
On December 4, 1995, a Notice of Inquiry and Request for Public
Comment was published in the Federal Register, wherein NOAA sought
public comment to decide whether, and to what extent, the 1987
regulations needed revision in light of the President's policy and the
1992 Act, and if so, which issues should be addressed. NOAA received
seven sets of comments. Additionally, NOAA held a public hearing at the
Department of Commerce on June 14, 1996, at which it received
additional input from interested parties. The main theme that emerged
at the public hearing was the need for transparency and predictability
in the regulations.
On November 3, 1997, NOAA issued a proposed rule to revise its remote-
sensing licensing procedures. The proposed regulations would update the
1987 regulations to reflect the above-described intervening events and
information gathered through the public process, as well as the
experience gained during recent licensing procedures. The intent of the
proposed regulations would be to help promote the development of the
commercial remote-sensing industry by keeping Government oversight to
the minimum necessary to ensure protection of U.S. national security
and foreign policy interests and by making that role predictable and
transparent to the affected applicants and licensees. An underlying
premise is that the long-term national security and foreign policy
interests of the United States are best served by helping the U.S.
industry lead this emerging market.
The November 3, 1997, proposed regulations incorporate the basic
regulatory principle that any restrictions on a licensee, including
those required for national security and foreign policy purposes, must
be the least burdensome possible to achieve the stated objective.
Further, the proposed rule would establish a notice mechanism for
allowing up to 49 percent foreign ownership in the licensee and
monitoring domestic investment, so that control of the remote-sensing
system could not be transferred without a formal amendment to the
license. As required by the President's 1994 policy, the rule sought to
define what foreign agreements are significant or substantial and must
be submitted for review. Agency actions under the regulation would be
reviewable by an administrative law judge.
On April 1, 1998, NOAA held a public meeting to listen to public
comments on the proposed regulations. The public comment period ended
the next day. NOAA received 18 sets of substantive comments on the
proposed regulations. As a result of the extensive public comments
received on the November 3, 1997, proposed rule and at the April 1,
1998, public hearing, NOAA has determined it appropriate to revise its
proposal and seek further public comment.
Bureau of Export Administration
The Bureau of Export Administration (BXA) promotes U.S. national and
economic security and foreign policy interests by managing and
enforcing the Department's security-related trade and competitiveness
programs. BXA plays a key role in challenging issues involving national
security and nonproliferation, export growth, and high technology. The
Bureau's continuing major challenge is combating the proliferation of
weapons of mass destruction while furthering the growth of U.S.
exports, which are critical to maintaining our leadership in an
increasingly competitive global economy. BXA strives to be the leading
innovator in transforming U.S. strategic trade policy and programs to
adapt to the changing world.
Major Programs and Activities
The Export Administration Regulations (EAR) provide for export
controls on dual use goods and technology (primarily commercial goods
that have potential military applications) not only to fight
proliferation, but also to pursue other national security, short
supply, and foreign policy goals (such as combating terrorism).
Simplifying and updating these controls in light of the end of the Cold
War has been a major accomplishment of BXA.
BXA is also responsible for:
Enforcing the export control and antiboycott provisions of the Export
Administration Act (EAA), as well as other statutes such as the
Fastener Quality Act. The EAA is enforced through a variety of
administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions.
[[Page 63916]]
Analyzing and protecting the defense industrial and technology base,
pursuant to the Defense Production Act and other laws. As the Defense
Department increases its reliance on dual-use high technology goods as
part of its cost-cutting efforts, ensuring that we remain competitive
in those sectors and sub-sectors is critical to our national security.
Helping Ukraine, Kazakstan, Belarus, Russia, and other newly emerging
countries develop effective export control systems. The effectiveness
of U.S. export controls can be severely undercut if ``rogue states'' or
terrorists gain access to sensitive goods and technology from other
supplier countries.
Working with former defense plants in the Newly Independent States to
help make a successful transition to profitable and peaceful civilian
endeavors. This involves helping remove unnecessary obstacles to trade
and investment and identifying opportunities for joint ventures with
U.S. companies.
Assisting U.S. defense enterprises to meet the challenge of the
reduction in defense spending by converting to civilian production and
by developing export markets. This work assists in maintaining our
defense industrial base as well as preserving jobs for U.S. workers.
BXA's two principal operating units, Export Administration and Export
Enforcement, as well as its Office of Administration, have undergone
significant reorganization and downsizing in recent years in order to
meet the goals of reforming and streamlining the export control system,
as recommended by the National Performance Review (NPR) and the Trade
Promotion Coordinating Committee. BXA is also an NPR Reinvention
Laboratory.
Chemical Weapons Convention
BXA plans to issue a final rule that will make effective the proposed
rule published July 21, 1999. The purpose of the regulation is to
implement the provisions of the Convention on the Prohibition of the
Development, Production, Stockpiling and Use of Chemical Weapons and on
their Destruction (Chemical Weapons Convention) and the Chemical
Weapons Convention Implementation Act of 1998, requiring private
facilities to submit information on certain activities involving toxic
chemicals, and to make certain private facilities subject to periodic
inspection by the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons
(OPCW), the international organization created to administer the
Convention and to monitor compliance by States Parties.
On April 25, 1997, the United States ratified the Chemical Weapons
Convention, just prior to the entry into force of the Convention on
April 29, 1997. The Convention bans the development, production,
stockpiling, or use of chemical weapons and prohibits States Parties
from assisting or encouraging anyone to engage in a prohibited
activity. The Convention provides for declaration and inspection of all
States Parties' chemical weapons and facilities. To fulfill its arms
control and non-proliferation objectives, the Convention also
establishes a comprehensive verification scheme and requires the
declaration and inspection of facilities that produce, process, or
consume certain lists or Scheduled chemicals, some of which have
significant commercial applications. The United States has declared its
chemical weapons and chemical weapons production and storage facilities
to the OPCW, and is in the process of destroying its chemical weapons
stockpiles. In order to be in compliance with its obligations as a
State Party to the Convention, the United States also must establish
the declaration and inspection program for private facilities engaged
in activities involving Scheduled chemicals.
The Chemical Weapons Convention Implementation Act of 1998, enacted on
October 21, 1998, authorized the United States to require the U.S.
chemical industry and other private entities to submit declarations,
notifications, and other reports and also to provide access for on-site
inspections, in order that the United States may comply with its
obligations under the Convention. On June 25, 1999, the President
issued Executive Order 13128, which directs the Commerce Department to
issue regulations.
The BXA's discretion in drafting the declaration forms and formulating
the reporting requirements is limited by the Convention requirements.
The OPCW issued forms for States Parties to use in submitting
declarations.
In drafting the declaration forms and the CWCR, BXA has consistently
made the reporting requirements as narrow as possible to ensure that
only information required to be declared to the OPCW or necessary to
ensure that U.S. aggregate Schedule 1 activities are below the one
metric ton limit set forth in the Convention is to be reported to BXA.
For certain reporting requirements that are currently subject to
national discretion, BXA has adopted the minimum requirements
consistent with a reasonable reading of the Convention, keeping in mind
its purposes and objectives.
_______________________________________________________________________
DOC--Bureau of Export Administration (BXA)
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
18. CHEMICAL WEAPONS CONVENTION REGULATIONS
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
22 USC 6701 et seq; EO 13128
CFR Citation:
15 CFR 710 et seq
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The final rule will make effective the proposed rule published July 21,
1999. The purpose of the regulation is to implement the provisions of
the Convention on the Prohibition of the Development, Production,
Stockpiling and Use of Chemical Weapons and on their Destruction
(Chemical Weapons Convention) and the Chemical Weapons Convention
Implementation Act of 1998, requiring private facilities to submit
information on certain activities involving toxic chemicals, and to
make certain private facilities subject to periodic inspection by the
Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW), the
international organization created to administer the Convention and to
monitor compliance by States Parties.
Statement of Need:
On April 25, 1997, the United States ratified the Chemical Weapons
Convention, just prior to the entry into force of the Convention on
April 29, 1997. The Convention bans the development, production,
stockpiling, or use of chemical weapons and prohibits States Parties
from assisting or encouraging anyone to engage in a prohibited
activity. The Convention provides for declaration and inspection of all
States Parties' chemical weapons and chemical weapons production
facilities, and oversees the destruction
[[Page 63917]]
of such weapons and facilities. To fulfill its arms control and non-
proliferation objectives, the Convention also establishes a
comprehensive verification scheme and requires the declaration and
inspection of facilities that produce, process, or consume certain
lists or ``Schedules'' chemicals, some of which have significant
commercial applications. The United States has declared its chemical
weapons and chemical weapons production and storage facilities to the
OPCW, and is in the process of destroying its chemical weapons
stockpiles. In order to be in compliance with its obligations as a
State Party to the Convention, the United States also must establish
the declaration and inspection program for private facilities engaged
in activities involving ``Scheduled'' chemicals.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Chemical Weapons Convention Implementation Act of 1998, enacted on
October 21, 1998, authorized the United States to require the U.S.
chemical industry and other private entities to submit declarations,
notifications and other reports and also to provide access for on-site
inspections, in order that the United States may comply with its
obligations under the Convention. On June 25, 1999, the President
issued Executive Order 13128, which directs the Commerce Department to
issue regulations.
Alternatives:
The Bureau of Export Administration's (BXA) discretion in drafting the
declaration forms and formulating the reporting requirements is limited
by the Convention requirements. The OPCW has issued forms for States
Parties to use in submitting declarations.
In drafting the declaration forms and the CWCR, BXA has consistently
made the reporting requirements as narrow as possible to ensure that
only information required to be declared to the OPCW or necessary to
ensure that U.S. aggregate Schedule 1 activities are below the one
metric ton limit set forth in the Convention is to be reported to BXA.
Other States Parties, such as Canada, have imposed much broader
reporting requirements on their industries, with the government taking
on the responsibility of determining the information that must be
forwarded to the OPCW.
In addition, there are certain declaration requirements of the
Convention that are subject to interpretation. Until the Conference of
States Parties establishes clear rules for these requirements, States
Parties may use their national discretion to implement them. National
discretion generally means a reasonable interpretation of the
requirement. For such reporting requirements currently subject to
national discretion, BXA has adopted the minimum requirements
consistent with a reasonable reading of the Convention, keeping in mind
its purposes and objectives.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Benefits from the regulation include increased national security and
economic growth and stability in a safe and secure environment. State
Party obligations under the Convention include imposition of
restrictions on trade with non-States Parties. Over 120 countries,
including the United States' major trading partners accounting for most
of U.S. chemical exports, are States Parties to the Convention. The
U.S. chemical industry, therefore, will also benefit from the United
States' ratification of the Convention and compliance with its
requirements because its trade with other States Parties will not be
subject to CWC trade restrictions. The costs of the regulation will
include: (1) the cost to industry of preparing data declarations and
reports and preparing for and receiving inspections; and (2) the cost
to government of processing the declarations and reports, assisting
industry to prepare for inspections, and escorting OPCW inspection
teams.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
Proposed Rule 64 FR 39193 07/21/99
Final Rule 10/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Governmental Jurisdictions
Government Levels Affected:
Federal
Agency Contact:
Hillary Hess
Director, Regulatory Policy Division
Department of Commerce
Bureau of Export Administration
2096/MS 2705
14th & Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, DC 20230
Phone: 202 482-2440
Fax: 202 482-3355
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0694-AB06
_______________________________________________________________________
DOC--National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
19. LICENSING OF PRIVATE REMOTE-SENSING SATELLITE SYSTEMS
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
15 USC 5601 et seq
CFR Citation:
15 CFR 960.1 et seq
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The proposed regulations would update the 1987 regulations to reflect
the intervening events and information gathered through the public
process, as well as the experience gained during recent licensing
procedures. The intent of the regulations is to facilitate the
development of the U.S. commercial remote-sensing industry and thus
promote the collection and widespread availability of Earth remote-
sensing data, while preserving essential U.S. national security
interests and international obligations. An underlying premise is that
the long-term national security and foreign policy interests of the
United States are best served by helping the U.S. industry to lead this
emerging market.
Statement of Need:
On July 10, 1987, NOAA published final regulations implementing Title
IV of the Land Remote Sensing Act of 1984 (the 1984 Act), setting forth
the procedural requirements for obtaining a license. In 1988, the Radio
Television News Directors Association filed a Petition for Rulemaking
requesting NOAA to reopen these regulations in light of the President's
January 5, 1988,
[[Page 63918]]
Decision Directive encouraging commercial space development. On January
18, 1989, NOAA responded to this Petition, agreeing to reopen the
regulations and incorporate certain principles favorable to commercial
development that were consistent with the Directive. See 54 FR 1945.
Shortly thereafter, Congress began to review the 1984 Act and, on
October 28, 1992, enacted the 1992 Act, which repealed and succeeded
the 1984 Act. The 1992 Act made significant changes to the 1984 Act,
particularly with regard to the latter's requirement that all
unenhanced data must be provided on a nondiscriminatory basis. The 1992
Act also provided for judicial review of certain licensing and
enforcement actions.
On November 3, 1997, NOAA issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM)
revising its procedures governing the licensing of private commercial
Earth remote-sensing space systems under title II of the Land Remote
Sensing Policy Act of 1992, 15 U.S.C. 5601 et seq. (1992 Act). On April
1, 1998, NOAA held a public meeting to listen to public comments on the
proposed regulations. The public comment period ended the next day.
NOAA received 24 sets of public comments to the November 3, 1997, NPRM
from a wide range of interests in industry, the media, academia,
government, and the foreign policy community. The major substantive
issues raised can be summarized under the following categories: (1)
control, ownership, and investment; (2) national security concerns and
international obligations concerns; (3) review of foreign agreements;
(4) confidentiality of information; and (5) the interagency memorandum
of understanding.
As a result of the extensive public comments received on the November
3, 1997, proposed rule and at the April 1, 1998, public hearing, NOAA
has determined it appropriate to revise its proposal and seek further
public comment. This revised NPRM incorporates changes in each of the
areas addressed by the comments, with the most significant changes in
the area of foreign ownership, control, and investment. Specifically,
the revised rule focuses more closely on ``control'' over the
operations of the system. The revised rule has also been harmonized
with existing regulations addressing foreign ownership and control.
This revised NPRM also incorporates and facilitates NOAA's enforcement
program, which will be key to protecting vital national security
interests once the high-resolution systems become operational.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Title II of the 1992 Act requires that any person subject to the
jurisdiction or control of the United States obtain a license from the
Secretary of Commerce before operating a private remote-sensing space
system. The authority to issue licenses has been delegated to the
Administrator of NOAA and redelegated to the Assistant Administrator
for Satellite and Information Services.
Alternatives:
The November 3, 1997, proposed regulations incorporate the basic
regulatory principle that any restrictions on a licensee, including
those required for national security and foreign policy purposes, must
be the least burdensome possible to achieve the stated objective. The
fundamental goal of the proposed rule was to support and enhance U.S.
industrial competitiveness in the field of remote-sensing space
capabilities, while at the same time protecting U.S. national security
and foreign policy interests. The measures included in the proposed
rule are those necessary to protect U.S. interests. The alternatives to
the measures proposed would be the establishment of national security
and foreign policy controls that would hinder or prevent growth of the
commercial market or allowing unrestricted commercial operations that
could harm U.S. national security and foreign policy interests. The
final regulations will achieve this goal.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The intent of the regulations is to help promote the development of the
commercial remote-sensing industry by keeping Government oversight to
the minimum necessary to ensure protection of U.S. national security
and foreign policy interests and by making that role predictable and
transparent to the affected applicants and licensees. An underlying
premise is that the long-term national security and foreign policy
interests of the United States are best served by helping the U.S.
industry to lead this emerging market. Failure to provide a regulatory
regime that nurtures and fosters the development of this high-skilled,
high-wage industry is likely to result in the United States losing not
only its advantage in this technology, but also a great percentage of
the projected growth in economic value of this industry. The costs of
the licensing procedures would be borne, for the most part, by the
Federal Government and would not be significant.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
Notice of Inquir60 FR 62054 12/04/95
Notice of Public61 FR 24480 05/14/96
NPRM 62 FR 59317 11/03/97
Notice of Public63 FR 10785 03/05/98
Revised NPRM 11/00/99
Final Rule 04/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
Federal
Agency Contact:
Charles Wooldridge
Licensing Coordinator
Department of Commerce
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOAA/NESDIS
Silver Spring, MD 20910
Phone: 301 713-2024
RIN: 0648-AC64
BILLING CODE 3510-BW-F
[[Page 63919]]
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
Statement of Regulatory Priorities
Background
The Department of Defense (DoD) is the largest Federal department
consisting of 3 military departments (Army, Navy, and Air Force), 9
unified combatant commands, 14 Defense agencies, and 7 DoD field
activities. It has over 1,360,000 military personnel and 700,000
civilians assigned as of May 31, 1999, and over 500 military
installations and properties in the continental United States, U. S.
territories, and foreign countries. The overall size, composition, and
dispersion of the Department of Defense, coupled with an innovative
regulatory program, presents a challenge to the management of the
Defense regulatory efforts under Executive Order 12866 ``Regulatory
Planning and Review'' of September 30, 1993.
Because of its diversified nature, DoD is impacted by the regulations
issued by regulatory agencies such as the Departments of Energy, Health
and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, Labor,
Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency. In order to
develop the best possible regulations that embody the principles and
objectives embedded in Executive Order 12866, there must be
coordination of proposed regulations among the regulating agencies and
the affected Defense components. Coordinating the proposed regulations
in advance throughout an organization as large as DoD is
straightforward, yet a formidable undertaking.
DoD is not a regulatory agency but occasionally issues regulations that
have an impact on the public. These regulations, while small in number
compared to the regulating agencies, can be significant as defined in
Executive Order 12866. In addition, some of DoD's regulations may
impact the regulatory agencies. DoD, as an integral part of its
program, not only receives coordinating actions from the regulating
agencies, but coordinates with the agencies that are impacted by its
regulations, as well.
The regulatory program within DoD fully incorporates the provisions of
the President's priorities and objectives under Executive Order 12866.
Promulgating and implementing the regulatory program throughout DoD
presents a unique challenge to the management of our regulatory
efforts.
Coordination
Interagency
DoD annually receives regulatory plans from those agencies that impact
the operation of the Department through the issuance of regulations. A
system for coordinating the review process is in place, regulations are
reviewed, and comments are forwarded to the Office of Management and
Budget. The system is working in the Department, and the feedback from
the Defense components is most encouraging since they are able to see
and comment on regulations from the other agencies before they are
required to comply with them. The coordination process in DoD continues
to work as outlined in Executive Order 12866.
Internal
Through regulatory program points of contact in the Department, we have
established a system that provides information from the Vice President
and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs (OIRA) to the personnel responsible for the development and
implementation of DoD regulations. Conversely, the system can provide
feedback from DoD regulatory personnel to the Administrator, OIRA. DoD
continues to refine its internal procedures, and this ongoing effort to
improve coordination and communication practices is well received and
supported within the Department.
Overall Priorities
The Department of Defense needs to function at a reasonable cost, while
ensuring that it does not impose ineffective and unnecessarily
burdensome regulations on the public. The rulemaking process should be
responsive, efficient, cost-effective, and both fair and perceived as
fair. This is being done at a time when there is a significant ongoing
downsizing in the Department and it must react to the contradictory
pressures of providing more services with fewer resources. The
Department of Defense, as a matter of overall priority for its
regulatory program, adheres to the general principles set forth in
Executive Order 12866 as amplified below.
Problem Identification
Congress typically passes legislation to authorize or require an agency
to issue regulations and often is quite specific about the problem
identified for correction. Therefore, DoD does not generally initiate
regulations as a part of its mission.
Conflicting Regulations
Since DoD does not plan to issue any significant regulations this year,
the probability of developing conflicting regulations is low.
Conversely, DoD is impacted to a great degree by the regulating
agencies. From that perspective, DoD is in a position to advise the
regulatory agencies of conflicts that appear to exist using the
coordination processes that exist in the DoD and other Federal agency
regulatory programs. It is a priority in the Department to communicate
with other agencies and the affected public to identify and proactively
pursue regulatory problems that occur as a result of conflicting
regulations both within and outside the Department.
Alternatives
DoD will identify feasible alternatives that will obtain the desired
regulatory objectives. Where possible, the Department encourages the
use of incentives to include financial, quality of life, and others to
achieve the desired regulatory results.
Risk Assessment
Assessing and managing risk is a high priority in the DoD regulatory
program. The Department is committed to risk prioritization and an
``anticipatory'' approach to regulatory planning which focuses
attention on the identification of future risk. Predicting future
regulatory risk is exceedingly difficult due to rapid introduction of
new technologies, side effects of Government intervention, and changing
societal concerns. These difficulties can be mitigated to a manageable
degree through the incorporation of risk prioritization and
anticipatory regulatory planning into DoD's decisionmaking process
which results in an improved regulatory process and increases the
customer's understanding of risk.
Cost-Effectiveness
One of the highest priority objectives of DoD is to obtain the desired
regulatory objective by the most cost-effective method available. This
may or may not be through the regulatory process. When a regulation is
required, DoD considers incentives for innovation to achieve desired
results, consistency in the application of the regulation,
predictability of the activity outcome (achieving the expected
results), and the costs for regulation development, enforcement, and
compliance. These will include costs to the public, Government, and
regulated entities, using the best available data or parametric
analysis methods, in the
[[Page 63920]]
cost-benefit analysis and the decisionmaking process.
Cost-Benefit
Conducting cost-benefit analyses on regulation alternatives is a
priority in the Department of Defense so as to ensure that the
potential benefits to society outweigh the costs. Evaluations of these
alternatives are done quantitatively or qualitatively or both,
depending on the nature of the problem being solved and the type of
information and data available on the subject. DoD is committed to
considering the most important alternative approaches to the problem
being solved and providing the reasoning for selecting the proposed
regulatory change over the other alternatives.
Information-Based Decisions
The Defense Department uses the latest technology to provide access to
the most current technical, scientific, and demographic information in
a timely manner through the world-wide communications capabilities
which are available on the ``information highway.'' Realizing that
increased public participation in the rulemaking process improves the
quality and acceptability of regulations, DoD is committed to exploring
the use of Information Technology (IT) in rule development and
implementation. IT provides the public with easier and more meaningful
access to the processing of regulations. Furthermore, the Department
endeavors to increase the use of automation in the Notice and Comment
Rulemaking process in an effort to reduce time pressures in the
regulatory process.
Performance-Based Regulations
Where appropriate, DoD is incorporating performance-based standards
that allow the regulated parties to achieve the regulatory objective in
the most cost-effective manner.
Outreach Initiatives
DoD endeavors to obtain the views of appropriate State, local, and
tribal officials and the public in implementing measures to enhance
public awareness and participation both in developing and implementing
regulatory efforts. Historically, this has included such activities as
receiving comments from the public, holding hearings, and conducting
focus groups. This reaching out to organizations and individuals who
are affected by or involved in a particular regulatory action remains a
significant regulatory priority of the Department and, we feel, results
in much better regulations.
Coordination
DoD has enthusiastically embraced the coordination process between and
among other Federal agencies in the development of new and revised
regulations. Annually, DoD receives regulatory plans from key
regulatory agencies and has established a systematic approach to
providing the plans to the appropriate policy officials within the
Department. Feedback from the DoD components indicates that this
communication among the Federal agencies is a major step forward in
improving regulations and the regulatory process, as well as in
improving Government operations.
Minimize Burden
In the regulatory process, there are more complaints concerning burden
than anything else. In DoD, much of the burden is in the acquisition
area. Over the years, acquisition regulations have grown and become
burdensome principally because of legislative action. But, in
coordination with Congress, the Office of Federal Procurement Policy,
and the public, DoD is initiating significant reforms in acquisition so
as to effect major reductions in the regulatory burden on personnel in
Government and the private sector.
The Department of Defense has made a commitment to the Vice President,
as a high impact agency under the National Partnership for Reinventing
Government, to reduce paper transactions by 50 percent by the year
2000. The composite of all paperless contracting transactions must be
increased to 64 percent in Fiscal Year 2000 in order to meet the 50
percent reduction goal. As of August 1999, DoD's composite of all
paperless contracting is 67 percent.
DoD implemented a multi-year strategy for reducing the paperwork burden
imposed on the public. This plan shows that DoD has met and will exceed
the goals set forth in the Paperwork Reduction Act. One significant
reduction in the burden imposed on the public is planned as a result of
the review of the information collection requirement in support of the
solicitation phase of the Department of Defense acquisition process.
The information collection requirement pertains to information that an
offeror must submit to DoD in response to DoD solicitations, not
covered by another Office of Management and Budget (OMB) clearance. DoD
reviewed the information being collected under this requirement and
reduced the number of respondents, as well as the number of actions, to
reflect fiscal year 1998 data available in the DoD database. As a
result of these reviews, DoD plans to reduce the burden hours imposed
on the public under this information collection requirement by an
estimated 18.4 million hours per year.
Another significant decrease is planned for the Department's largest
information collection and will result from a reduction in contractor
data requirements. This program change will decrease the burden in
excess of 7.3 million hours. The combined total burden reduction in the
Department's two largest information collections will decrease DoD's
burden on the public by 21 percent from the actual FY 1998 year end
total. This is the first time that the Department's total burden has
dropped below 100 million hours. It is the goal of the Department of
Defense to impose upon the public the smallest burden viable, as
infrequently as possible, and for no longer than absolutely necessary.
Plain Language
Ensuring that regulations are simple and easy to understand is a high
regulatory priority in the Department of Defense. All too often, the
regulations are complicated, difficult to understand, and subject to
misinterpretation, all of which can result in the costly process of
litigation. The objective in the development of regulations is to write
them in clear, concise language that is simple and easy to understand.
DoD recognizes that it has a responsibility for drafting clearly
written rules that are reader-oriented and easily understood. Rules
will be written for the customer using natural expressions and simple
words. Stilted jargon and complex construction will be avoided. Clearly
written rules will tell our customers what to do and how to do it. DoD
is committed to a more customer-oriented approach and uses Plain
Language rules thereby improving compliance and reducing litigation.
The Department will adhere to the timetable established in the
President's memorandum of June 1, 1998, regarding Plain Language in
Government Writing, for incorporation of plain writing techniques in
official documents.
In summary, the rulemaking process in DoD should produce a rule that
addresses an identifiable problem, implements the law, incorporates the
President's policies defined in Executive Order 12866, is in the public
interest, is consistent with other rules
[[Page 63921]]
and policies, is based on the best information available, is rationally
justified, is cost-effective, can actually be implemented, is
acceptable and enforceable, is easily understood, and stays in effect
only as long as is necessary. Moreover, the proposed rule or the
elimination of a rule should simply make sense.
Specific Priorities
For this regulatory plan, there are three specific DoD priorities, all
of which reflect the established regulatory principles. In those areas
where rulemaking or participation in the regulatory process is
required, DoD has studied and developed policy and regulation which
incorporate not only the provisions of the President's priorities and
objectives under the Executive order but also the National Performance
Review, dated September 1993.
DoD has focused its regulatory resources on the most serious
environmental, health, and safety risks. Perhaps most significant is
that each of the three priorities described below promulgates
regulations to offset the resource impacts of Federal decisions on the
public or to improve the quality of public life such as those
regulations concerning wetlands, acquisition, and health care delivery.
Preserve Quality and Quantity of Wetlands
During FY 2000, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is not proposing any
significant regulations as defined by Executive Order 12866. The Office
of the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Civil Works) and the Corps will
propose and complete two regulations initiated as part of the
President's August 24, 1993, Wetlands Protection Plan and the
President's 1995 Regulatory Reinvention Initiative. The wetlands
protection plan provides for a fair, flexible, and effective approach
to protecting America's wetlands through both regulatory and
nonregulatory mechanisms. The regulatory reinvention initiative
reinforced those provisions and included additional regulatory reform
and streamlining provisions.
During 2000, the Corps will propose and finalize two regulations
pursuant to its authorities under section 404 of the Clean Water Act
and section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. The first
regulation will establish an administrative appeal process whereby
permit applicants and landowners can appeal Corps jurisdiction
determination decisions. This regulation was proposed on July 19, 1995,
with a similar regulation on permit denials and declined permits. The
permit denial appeal regulation was finalized on March 9, 1999, and
became effective on August 6, 1999. The administrative appeal process
will increase fairness to applicants and landowners in the permitting
process by establishing a recourse to Corps permit denials, declined
permits, and jurisdiction determined decisions without pursuing
litigation. The process will also provide for interested party
involvement when the Corps reconsiders a previous denial or declined
permit.
The second regulation will be to clarify the scope of analysis that the
Corps has responsibility for under the Endangered Species Act (ESA).
The Corps scope of analysis for the National Environmental Policy Act
and the National Historic Preservation Act is established in 33 CFR
part 325, appendices B and C, respectively. This regulation will adopt
the Corps ESA scope of analysis consistent with the ESA, the ESA
regulations, and the Corps authorities.
Reform Defense Acquisition
The Department continues its efforts to reengineer its acquisition
system to achieve its vision of an acquisition system which is
recognized as being the smartest, most efficient, most responsive buyer
of best value goods and services which meet the warfighter's needs from
a globally competitive base. To achieve this vision, the Department
will focus in the acquisition regulations arena during this next year
on implementing and institutionalizing initiatives which may include
additional changes to existing, and recently modified, regulations to
ensure that we are achieving the outcomes we desire (continuous process
improvement). The Department will focus on reengineering the process by
which it acquires services, focusing on the use of performance-based
work statements. The Department also intends to improve its use of
electronic commerce/electronic data interchange.
The Department is committed to acquisition reform and continues to make
significant improvements in this area, consistent with the National
Performance Review and Executive Order 12866. DoD is leading the
following initiatives to reform the acquisition process, which include,
integrating commercial and military facilities, and expanding the
ability to buy commercial products and expanding the use of commercial
procedures.
Integration of commercial and military facilities is critical to enable
the Department to capitalize on and access commercial technology, and
generate funds for modernization, all within a balanced-budget
environment. In addition to the need to integrate commercial and
military facilities, the Department must expand the use of commercial
procedures. Acquisition Reform's Commercial Practices Initiative is
geared to providing learning opportunities on key techniques,
strategies and negotiating/pricing tools used in the commercial
business environment. Modern, technology-based learning methods and
enterprise models of change management are available to meet the needs
for both individual and team training. Based on the knowledge gained,
the workforce will be enabled to adopt best practices, implement
reforms, and understand better how to work with commercial businesses,
including ones that are not themselves accustomed to doing business
with DoD.
DoD continuously reviews its supplement to the Federal Acquisition
Regulation (FAR) and continues to lead Governmentwide efforts to
simplify the following acquisition processes:
Rewrite of FAR part 45, Government Property. The goals of the
FAR part 45 rewrite are to reduce contractor and Government
costs to manage property in the possession of contractors
by streamlining recordkeeping requirements; to eliminate
requirements to track, report, and inventory property
valued at $5,000 or less during contract performance; to
eliminate oversight for items valued under $1,000,000 where
the contractor assumes liability for loss, damage, or
destruction of property; to replace five inventory
schedules with a single inventory disposal schedule; and to
shorten screening times prior to disposal. The FAR part 45
rewrite also encourages the dual use of Government property
introducing commercial rental practices and reducing
property rental costs.
Rewrite of various FAR cost principles. The goal of this
initiative is to determine whether certain FAR cost
principles are still relevant in today's business
environment, whether they place an unnecessary
administrative burden on contractors and the Government,
and whether they can be streamlined or simplified.
Review of FAR guidance pertaining to progress payments and
other related financing policies. The goal of this
initiative is to simplify the progress payments process; to
minimize the burdens imposed on contractors and
[[Page 63922]]
contracting officers; and to expand the use of performance-
based payments or commercial financing payments.
Rewrite FAR part 25, International Acquisition. The goal of
this initiative is to clarify and simplify the complex,
interrelated laws and agreements which govern international
trade.
Revise policy on the applicability of cost accounting
standards. The goal of this initiative is to modify and
streamline the applicability of the Federal cost accounting
standards.
Revise policy on the use of the Governmentwide commercial
purchase card. The goal of this initiative is to increase
the use of the purchase card for small dollar purchases.
Revise policy to expand the use of the procedures in FAR part
12, Acquisition of Commercial Items. The goal of this
initiative is to expand the use of streamlined procedures
for the acquisition of commercial items.
Develop FAR and DFARS guidance on the use of price based
acquisition. The goal of this initiative is to move away
from the use of cost as a basis for contracting to
acquisition on the basis of price, to the maximum extent
practicable. The use of price will reduce the
administrative burden for both Government and industry and
result in lower overhead rates.
Improve Health Care Delivery in the Defense Department
The Department of Defense is able to meet its dual mission of wartime
readiness and peacetime health care by operating an extensive network
of medical treatment facilities. This network includes DoD's own
military treatment facilities supplemented by civilian health care
providers, facilities, and services under contract to DoD through the
TRICARE program. TRICARE is a major health care initiative designed to
improve the management and integration of DoD's health care delivery
system. The program's goal is to increase access to health care
services, improve health care quality, and control health care costs.
TRICARE builds upon the original CHAMPUS program by offering two
additional options, Prime and Extra. The Prime enrollment offers an
HMO-like option; and two options that do not require enrollment: Extra
is a preferred provider-like option while Standard is a fee for service
option (formally known as CHAMPUS). Like the old CHAMPUS program, under
TRICARE, DoD continues to share the cost of civilian health care with
its eligible beneficiaries when services are not available in the
military medical treatment facility.
DoD will be testing a variety of alternative health care delivery
approaches to providing care for our over-65 beneficiaries. In addition
to the ongoing TRICARE Senior Prime demonstration project allowing
beneficiaries over the age of 65 the ability to enroll in the TRICARE
HMO option, the Department plans to test additional approaches
including a limited pharmacy demonstration, a Federal Employees Health
Benefits Program (FEHBP) demonstration, and a TRICARE Senior Supplement
demonstration. These demonstration projects are conducted under the
authority of title 10, chapter 55, section 1092.
The principal health-related regulatory publications of the Department
are based on CHAMPUS, the Civilian Health and Medical Program of the
Uniformed Services (32 CFR part 199). CHAMPUS regulations are
comprehensive and address issues such as: eligibility, benefits,
authorized providers, claims payment, appeals procedures, and the
health care delivery options available under TRICARE.
DoD coordinates changes to CHAMPUS regulations with the Departments of
Transportation (U. S. Coast Guard), Health and Human Services (Public
Health Service), and Commerce (National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration) whose beneficiaries are also eligible for CHAMPUS.
Revisions in the TRICARE/CHAMPUS Program's statutory base or DoD
initiatives to improve the program may result in amendments to the
regulation. DoD's regulatory priorities for the upcoming year include:
promulgation of regulations governing TRICARE Prime enrollment for
families of E-4 and below; modifications to reimbursement for
beneficiaries who have other health insurance that is primary to
TRICARE; implementing a TRICARE incentive payment program modeled after
the Medicare Incentive payment program; and modifying payment rates for
providers who practice in remote locations in Alaska.
BILLING CODE 5001-10-F
[[Page 63923]]
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (ED)
Statement of Regulatory and Deregulatory Priorities
The Department supports States, local communities, and institutions of
higher education, and others to improve education nationwide. The
Department's roles include leadership and financial support for
education to agencies, institutions, and individuals in situations
where there is a national interest; monitoring and enforcing of civil
rights in the area of education; and supporting research, evaluation,
and dissemination of findings to improve the quality of education. ED
works in partnership with parents, neighborhoods, schools, colleges,
educators, business leaders, communities, and States across the
country. Since the announcement of President Clinton's ``Regulatory
Reinvention Initiative'' on March 4, 1995, the Department has conducted
a comprehensive review of its programs, legislation, and implementing
regulations to enhance partnerships, increase flexibility, and improve
accountability. In response to this initiative, the Department has
eliminated or simplified most of its regulations--including the
elimination of 2/3 of the regulations applicable to elementary and
secondary education programs. The Department has accomplished these
results through a departmentwide effort that recognizes that students
and educational partners are best served by regulations that focus on
critical steps and results, allow as much flexibility as possible
consistent with statutory and program goals, and impose the least
possible burden.
As part of its regulatory reinvention efforts and in response to the
President's memorandum of June 1, 1998, on ``Plain Language in
Government Writing,'' the Department also seeks to draft all of its
regulations and related documents clearly and concisely in plain
language, so that potential program beneficiaries will better
understand benefits and requirements. Woven throughout the Department's
reinvention is a commitment to provide quality customer service in the
spirit of continuous improvement to assure that we are truly ``putting
people first.'' The Department listens to our customers to identify
their needs and incorporates their suggestions into program goals and
strategies.
In order to provide information and support enhanced exchange, the
Department instituted 1-800-USA-LEARN to connect our customers to a
``one-stop-shopping'' center for information about departmental
programs and initiatives; 1-800-4FED-AID for information on student
aid; and an on-line library of information on education legislation,
research, statistics, and promising programs. Internet address:
http://www.ed.gov.
More than 10,000 people take advantage of these resources every week.
The Department has forged effective partnerships with customers and
others to develop policies, regulations, guidance, technical
assistance, and compliance approaches. The Department has an impressive
record of successful communication and shared policy development with
affected persons and groups, including parents, representatives of
State and local government, institutions of higher education, school
administrators, teachers, students, special education and
rehabilitation service providers, professional associations, advocacy
organizations, business, and labor.
In particular, the Department continues to seek greater and more useful
customer participation in its rulemaking activities through the use of
consensual rulemaking and new technology. When rulemaking is determined
to be absolutely necessary, customer participation is essential and
sought at all stages--in advance of formal rulemaking, during
rulemaking, and after rulemaking is completed in anticipation of
further improvements through statutory or regulatory changes. The
Department has expanded its outreach efforts through the use of
satellite broadcasts, electronic bulletin boards, and teleconferencing.
For example, the Department invites comments on all proposed rules
through the Internet.
The Department is streamlining information collections, reducing burden
on information providers involved in ED programs, and making
information maintained by the Department easily available to the
public. Coordinating similar information collections across programs
may be one approach to reduce overlapping and inconsistent paperwork
requirements. To the extent permitted by statute, regulations will be
revised to eliminate barriers that inhibit coordination across programs
(such as by creating common definitions), to reduce the frequency of
reports, and to eliminate unnecessary data requirements. ED has reduced
the information collection burden imposed on the public by 14.7 percent
in fiscal year (FY) 1996, by 11 percent in FY 1997, and by more than 5
percent in FY 1998. Our goal for FY 1999 is a further 5 percent
reduction.
The Department's Principles for Regulating, developed in October 1994
during planning to implement the Improving America's Schools Act of
1994, determine when and how it will regulate. Through aggressive
application of the following principles, the Department has eliminated
outdated or unnecessary regulations and identified situations in which
major programs could be implemented without any regulations or with
only limited regulations.
Principles for Regulating
The Department will regulate only if regulating improves the quality
and equality of services to the Department's customers, learners of all
ages. The Department will regulate only when absolutely necessary and
then in the most flexible, most equitable, and least burdensome way
possible.
Whether to Regulate:
When essential to promote quality and equality of opportunity
in education.
When a demonstrated problem cannot be resolved without
regulation.
When necessary to provide legally binding interpretation to
resolve ambiguity.
Not if entities or situations to be regulated are so diverse
that a uniform approach does more harm than good.
How to regulate:
Regulate no more than necessary.
Minimize burden and promote multiple approaches to meeting
statutory requirements.
Encourage federally funded activities to be integrated with
State and local reform activities.
Ensure that benefits justify costs of regulation.
Establish performance objectives rather than specify
compliance behavior.
Encourage flexibility so institutional forces and incentives
achieve desired results.
Regulatory and Deregulatory Priorities for the Next Year
Higher Education Amendments of 1998
Legislation reauthorizing the Higher Education Act has been a
Department priority in 1999. To the extent regulations were determined
to be necessary, they were developed through regulatory negotiation
with the participation of interested parties. Three of the most
significant regulations
[[Page 63924]]
needed to implement the new legislation are listed as the Department's
priorities in the 1999 Regulatory Plan.
The State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program
The State Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) Services Program is a $2.5
billion program that provides funds to State VR agencies to assist
individuals with disabilities to achieve employment. These regulations
would amend the existing program regulations in 34 CFR part 361 to
implement various changes in recently enacted statutes.
_______________________________________________________________________
ED--Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
20. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAMS (GEAR UP)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
20 USC 1070a-21 et seq
CFR Citation:
34 CFR 694
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
These regulations are needed to implement section 403 of the Higher
Education Amendments of 1998 (Pub. L. 105-244, enacted October 7,
1998), establishing GEAR UP, a program designed to give more low-income
students the skills, encouragement, and preparation needed to pursue
postsecondary education, and to strengthen academic programs and
student services at participating schools.
Statement of Need:
These regulations are necessary to implement new legislation. In
developing the regulations, the Department will seek to minimize
regulatory burden and maximize flexibility.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Pub. L. 105-244, enacted October 7, 1998.
Alternatives:
In implementing the legislation, the Department will consider whether
there are any appropriate alternatives.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The Department will consider anticipated costs and benefits in
developing these regulations.
Risks:
These regulations would not address a risk to public health, safety, or
the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 11/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
David Condon
Department of Education
Office of Postsecondary Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW.
Washington, DC 20202
Phone: 202 502-7676
RIN: 1840-AC82
_______________________________________________________________________
ED--Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
21. THE STATE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES PROGRAM
(SECTION 610 REVIEW)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
29 USC 711(C)
CFR Citation:
34 CFR 361
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
These regulations are needed to implement changes made by the
Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, the Reading Excellence Act, and
the Carl D. Perkins Vocational and applied Technology Education Act
Amendments of 1998.
Statement of Need:
These regulations are necessary to implement new legislation. The
Department is also completing its review of these regulations under
section 610(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. In developing the
regulations, the Department will seek to reduce regulatory burden and
increase flexibility to the extent possible.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Pub. L. 105-220, enacted August 7, 1998.
Alternatives:
In addition to implementing the new legislation, the purpose of
reviewing these regulations is to determine whether there are
appropriate alternatives.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Existing regulatory provisions may be eliminated or improved as a
result of this review.
Risks:
These regulations would not address a risk to public health, safety, or
the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Beverlee Stafford
Director, Planning, Policy, and Evaluation Services
Department of Education
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services
Room 3014
Switzer Building
400 Maryland Ave. SW
Washington, DC 20202-2531
Phone: 202 205-8299
RIN: 1820-AB50
BILLING CODE 4000-01-F
[[Page 63925]]
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY (DOE)
Statement of Regulatory Priorities
The Department makes vital contributions to the Nation's welfare
through its extraordinary scientific and technical capabilities in
energy research, environmental remediation, and national security. The
Department's mission is to:
Enhance the Nation's energy security by developing and
deploying clean and affordable energy supplies and by
improving the energy efficiency of our economy;
Ensure a safe and reliable nuclear weapons stockpile and
reduce the global nuclear danger;
Clean up former nuclear weapons sites and address the complex
challenge of disposing of nuclear wastes; and
Leverage science and technology to advance fundamental
knowledge and our country's competitiveness with stronger
partnership with the private sector.
The Department of Energy's 1999 regulatory plan reflects the
Department's continuing commitment to enhance safety, cut costs, reduce
regulatory burden, and increase responsiveness to the public. While not
primarily a major Federal regulatory agency, the Department's
regulatory activities are essential to achieving its critical mission.
Energy Efficiency Program for Consumer Products and Commercial
Equipment
During fiscal year 1999, the Department made substantial progress with
the high priority standards rulemakings (i.e., clothes washers,
fluorescent lamp ballasts, water heaters, and residential central air
conditioning and central air conditioning heat pumps). In November
1998, the Department published a supplemental advance notice of
proposed rulemaking for clothes washers. A proposed rule for
distribution transformer test procedures was published in November
1998.
The Department's rulemaking activities related to energy efficiency
standards and determinations have been categorized as high, medium, or
low priority. The schedules in this regulatory plan and the Unified
Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions reflect
priorities established with significant input from the public. The
standards rulemakings incorporate the process improvements established
in July 1996, including more workshops to collect public input and new,
more transparent forecasting models developed with the help of industry
experts, including manufacturers.
During fiscal year 2000, the Department expects to publish final rules
for clothes washer, fluorescent lamp ballast, and residential water
heater efficiency standards, and to propose efficiency standards for
residential central air conditioners and residential heat pumps. The
Department expects to begin preparation of efficiency standards for
commercial air conditioners and commercial heat pumps, furnaces and
boilers, and commercial water heaters. Proposed rules for test
procedures for these commercial products should be published by the
early part of fiscal year 2000. Additional information and timetables
for these actions are presented below. Information concerning the
medium priority and low priority standards rulemakings and the test
procedures rulemakings can be found in the Department's regulatory
agenda, which appears elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.
Nuclear Safety Regulations
The Department is committed to openness and public participation as it
addresses one of its greatest challenges--managing the environment,
health, and safety risks posed by its nuclear activities. A key element
in the management of these risks is to establish the Department's
expectations and requirements relative to nuclear safety and to hold
its contractors accountable for safety performance. The 1988 Price-
Anderson Amendments Act revisions to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954
(AEA) provide for the imposition of civil and criminal penalties for
violations of DOE nuclear safety requirements. As a result, new nuclear
safety requirements were initiated with the publication of four notices
of proposed rulemaking for review and comment in 1991. The Department's
nuclear safety procedural regulations (10CFR Part 820) were published
as a final rule in 1993. Substantive DOE nuclear safety requirements
were issued as 10 CFR Parts 830 and 835 (Parts 830 and 835) in 1994 and
1993, respectively. On November 4, 1998, DOE published an amendment to
10 CFR Part 835 to revise Part 835 based on a comprehensive evaluation
of the Department's radiation protection program.
In August 1995, the Department published a notice of limited reopening
of the comment period to request public comments on the remaining Part
830 and 10 CFR Part 834 (Part 834) rulemakings. The Department has
substantially completed the comment resolution process and has
addressed the major issues raised by the Defense Nuclear Facilities
Safety Board and is engaged in a dialog with the Environmental
Protection Agency concerning its comments on Part 834.
The Department recently established an integrated safety management
initiative to ensure that safety activities at a DOE site or facility
are integrated and appropriate for the work and hazards. One outcome of
this initiative, incorporated as part of the contract reform final rule
published on June 27, 1997, requires contractors to manage and perform
work in accordance with a documented safety management system that
ensures that environment, safety and health are integrated into all
phases of work. The Department intends to ensure that its nuclear
safety regulations (1) are consistent with the integrated safety
management process and (2) avoid duplication and counterproductive
efforts. The Department expects to complete an interim final rulemaking
to accomplish this goal on Parts 830 and 834 by January 1, 2000.
Chronic Beryllium Disease Protection Program
The AEA gives the Department the authority to prescribe regulations as
it deems necessary to govern any activity authorized by the AEA,
specifically including standards to protect health and minimize danger
to life or property (42 U.S.C. 2201(i)(3) and (p)). In addition,
section 19 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C.
668) and Executive Order 12196, ``Occupational Safety and Health
Programs for Federal Employees,'' (5 U.S.C. 7902 note), require Federal
agencies to establish comprehensive occupational safety and health
programs for their employees.
The Department has a long history of beryllium use because of the
element's broad application to many nuclear operations and processes.
Beryllium metal and ceramics are used in nuclear weapons, as nuclear
reactor moderators or reflectors, and as nuclear reactor fuel element
cladding. Inhalation of beryllium dust or particles may cause chronic
beryllium disease (CBD) and beryllium sensitization. CBD is a chronic,
often debilitating, and potentially fatal lung condition. Beryllium
sensitization is a condition in which a person's immune system becomes
highly responsive (allergic) to the presence of beryllium in the body.
[[Page 63926]]
Based on the number of confirmed cases of CBD and the expected future
increase in the number of workers potentially exposed to beryllium
during decontamination and decommissioning activities, the Department
has concluded that there is a compelling need for a chronic beryllium
disease prevention program rule to meet its obligation to establish and
maintain an effective occupational safety and health program to protect
its employees and other workers at DOE facilities.
In 1996, the Department surveyed its contractors to characterize the
extent of beryllium usage, the types of tasks involving beryllium
usage, the controls in place for each task, the estimated number of
workers exposed during each task, and the estimated exposure levels
associated with each task. To supplement the data obtained from the
survey, the Department published a Federal Register notice on December
30, 1996, requesting scientific data, information, and views relevant
to a new Departmental beryllium health standard (61 FR 68725). This was
followed by two Beryllium Public Forums held in Albuquerque, New Mexico
and Oak Ridge, Tennessee in January 1997.
The Department established the Beryllium Rule Advisory Committee (BRAC)
in June 1997, to advise the DOE on issues pertinent to the proposed
rulemaking. The BRAC, which consisted of a diverse set of stakeholders
and recognized experts from DOE, other Federal agencies, industry,
labor, medicine, and academia, explored issues and generated
recommendations for consideration in the development of a chronic
beryllium disease prevention rule. As an interim measure to protect
workers from the hazards of beryllium, the Department issued an
administrative directive in July 1997, to establish a chronic beryllium
disease prevention program (CBDPP) that enhances the existing worker
protection program.
On December 3, 1998, the Department published a notice of proposed
rulemaking (NPRM) for public comment in the Federal Register (63 FR
66940) proposing regulations for a CBDPP, at10 CFR Part 850. This
proposed regulation is expected to reduce the number of workers at DOE
facilities exposed to beryllium, minimize the levels of and potential
for exposure to beryllium, and establish medical surveillance
requirements to ensure early detection and treatment of disease. The
Department is now considering the comments and data from interested
parties submitted to the beryllium docket and other information
relevant to the development of the final CBDPP rule. The Department
expects to complete final action on Part 850 rulemaking by December
1999.
Polygraph Examination Program
In Presidential Decision Directive (PDD) 61, Department of Energy
Counterintelligence Program, dated February 11, 1998, the President
instructed DOE to develop and implement specific measures to enhance
protection of the highly sensitive and classified information at its
facilities, including implementation of a polygraph program.
A counterintelligence-scope polygraph examination both serves as a
means to deter unauthorized disclosures of classified information and
provides a means for possible early detection of disclosures to enable
DOE to take steps promptly to prevent further harm to the national
security. Although the Employee Polygraph Protection Act (EPPA)
generally prohibits the use of polygraph examinations in private
employment settings, it specifically allows for DOE, in the performance
of its counterintelligence function, to administer polygraph
examinations to expert, consultant or contractor employees of DOE in
connection with atomic energy defense activities.
As an initial step toward developing and implementing a polygraph
examination program, the Department issued an internal directive, DOE
Notice 472.2, Use of Polygraph Examinations, that establishes a
polygraph requirement for Federal employees who occupy or seek to
occupy certain sensitive positions at DOE. As a second step, the
Department issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on August 18, 1999,
(64 FR 45062) to expand the polygraph examination program to cover all
employees, contractors as well as Federal employees, who are in
positions with access to the most sensitive categories of classified
information and materials. Applicants for such positions would be
covered as well. The Department expects to issue a final rule this
November.
Regulatory Reform
In June 1998, the President directed agencies to use plain language in
regulations issued after January 1, 1999. In response to this
initiative, the Department has conducted training on the elements of
plain language to its major regulatory offices. The Department's rule
that protects whistleblowers at our facilities was rewritten in plain
language and published on March 15, 1999 (64 FR 12861, Contractor
Employee Protection Program, 10 CFR Part 708). The Department is also
using plain language in drafting new rules and major revisions to
existing rules.
_______________________________________________________________________
DOE--Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy (EE)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
22. ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS RULEMAKINGS AND DETERMINATIONS FOR HIGH
PRIORITY CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
Private Sector
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
42 USC 6295
CFR Citation:
10 CFR 430
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, January 1, 1992, (fluorescent lamp ballasts and water
heaters).
Final, Statutory, January 1, 1994, (central air conditioners and heat
pumps).
Final, Statutory, May 14, 1996, (clothes washers).
Abstract:
The Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), as amended, establishes
initial energy efficiency standard levels for most types of major
residential appliances and generally requires DOE to undergo two
subsequent rulemakings, at specified times, to determine whether the
current standard for a covered product should be amended.
This is the initial review of the statutory standards for fluorescent
lamp ballasts, water heaters and central air conditioners and heat
pumps. This is
[[Page 63927]]
the second review of the standard for clothes washers.
Statement of Need:
These rulemakings are required by statute. Experience has shown that
the choice of residential appliances and commercial equipment being
purchased by both builders and building owners is generally based on
the initial cost rather than on life-cycle cost. Thus, the law requires
minimum energy efficiency standards for appliances to eliminate
inefficient appliances and equipment from the market.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), as amended, establishes
initial energy efficiency standard levels for most types of major
residential appliances and certain types of commercial equipment and
generally requires DOE to undergo rulemakings, at specified times, to
determine whether the standard for a covered product should be made
more stringent.
Alternatives:
The statute requires DOE to conduct rulemakings to review standards and
to revise standards to achieve the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible
and economically justified. In making this determination, the
Department conducts a thorough analysis of alternative standard levels,
including the existing standard, based on criteria specified by
statute. The process improvements that were recently announced (61 FR
36974, July 15, 1996) further enhance the analysis of alternative
standards. For example, DOE will ask stakeholders and private sector
technical experts to review its analyses of the likely impacts, costs,
and benefits of alternative standard levels. In addition, the
Department will solicit and consider information on non-regulatory
approaches for encouraging the purchase of energy efficient products.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The specific costs and benefits for these rulemakings have not been
established because the final standard levels have not been determined.
Nevertheless, existing appliance standards are projected to save 23
quadrillion Btu's of energy from 1993 to 2015, resulting in estimated
consumer savings of $1.7 billion per year in the year 2000 and
estimated annual emission reductions of 107 million tons of carbon
dioxide and 280 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides in the year 2000.
Under the existing standards, the discounted energy savings for
consumers are 2.5 times greater than the up-front price premium paid
for the appliance.
Risks:
Without appliance efficiency standards, energy use will continue to
increase with resulting damage to the environment caused by atmospheric
emissions. Enhancing appliance energy efficiency reduces atmospheric
emissions of carbon dioxide and nitrogen oxides. Establishing standards
that are too stringent could result in excessive increases in the cost
of the product, possible reductions in product utility and may place an
undue burden on manufacturers that could result in a loss of jobs or
other adverse economic impacts.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
1904-AA67 (Clothes Washers)
ANPRM 11/14/1994 (59 FR 56423)
Supplemental ANPRM 11/18/1998 (63 FR 64343)
Workshop 12/15/1998
NPRM 12/00/1999
Final Action 07/00/2000
1904-AA75 (Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts)
ANPRM 09/28/1990 (55 FR 39624)
NPRM 03/04/1994 (59 FR 10464)
Impact Workshop 03/18/1997
Reissue NPRM 11/00/1999
Final Action 06/00/2000
1904-AA76 (Water Heaters)
ANPRM 09/28/1990 (55 FR 39624)
NPRM 03/03/1994 (59 FR 10464)
Workshop 07/23/1999
Reissue NPRM 12/00/1999
Final Action 07/00/2000
1904-AA77 (Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)
ANPRM 09/08/1993 (58 FR 47326)
Screening Workshop 06/30/1998
Supplemental ANPRM 11/00/1999
NPRM 04/00/2000
Final Action 12/00/2000
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
Additional Information:
Due to the Department's limited staff and financial resources,
regulatory actions related to energy efficiency standards have been
categorized as high, medium, and low priority based on significant
input from the public. This action is a high priority, and the
Department is working actively on this action.
Agency Contact:
Edward Pollock
Acting Director, Office of Codes and Standards
Department of Energy
Conservation and Renewable Energy
1000 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20585
Phone: 202 586-9127
RIN: 1904-AA67
_______________________________________________________________________
DOE--Defense and Security Affairs (DSA)
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
23. POLYGRAPH EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 2201; 42 USC 7254
CFR Citation:
10 CFR 709; 10 CFR 710; 10 CFR 711
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This action would establish regulations for the use of polygraph
examinations for certain DOE and contractor employees, applicants for
employment, and other individuals assigned or detailed to Federal
positions at DOE. The regulations would describe the categories of
individuals who would be eligible for polygraph testing and controls
for the use of such testing and for the prevention of unwarranted
intrusion into the privacy of individuals.
Statement of Need:
The Department has broad responsibilities to direct the development,
use, and control of atomic energy. This includes the responsibility to
protect sensitive and classified information and materials involved in
the design, production, and maintenance of nuclear weapons. A
counterintelligence-scope polygraph examination program would deter
unauthorized disclosure of classified information. It would also
provide a means for early detection of disclosures allowing the
Department to act promptly to prevent further harm to the national
security.
[[Page 63928]]
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (AEA), as amended, assigns to DOE certain
atomic energy defense production and clean-up obligations that are
discharged at various DOE-owned, contractor-operated installations
around the country. Section 161 of the AEA authorizes DOE to adopt
rules necessary to carry out those functions.
Alternatives:
The Department could continue to rely on purely subjective evaluations
of random interviews.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
It is estimated that the polygraph examination program would cost
approximately one million dollars annually. The use of polygraph
testing would strengthen the Department's ability to protect against
the disclosure of information and materials that could harm national
defense and security.
Risks:
By acting as a deterrent, this program would reduce the risk of
unauthorized disclosure of information that could harm national
security.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 45062 08/18/99
Final Action 11/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Douglas Hinckley
Program Director
Department of Energy
Office of Counterintelligence
1000 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20585
Phone: 202 586-5901
RIN: 1992-AA24
_______________________________________________________________________
DOE--Departmental and Others (ENDEP)
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
24. NUCLEAR SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Priority:
Other Significant
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
42 USC 2201; 42 USC 7191
CFR Citation:
10 CFR 830
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This action will add regulations under 10 CFR 830 to establish nuclear
safety management requirements for the Department's nuclear facilities.
These requirements stem from the Department's obligations to assure
adequate protection and to hold contractors who manage and operate
these facilities accountable and responsible for safe operations.
Quality assurance requirements were issued in 1994. Additional nuclear
safety management requirements are expected to be issued by January 1,
2000.
Statement of Need:
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the Department's obligation
to protect health and safety is fulfilled and to provide, if needed, a
basis for the imposition of civil and criminal penalties consistent
with the Price-Anderson Amendments Act of 1988. This action is
consistent with the Department's commitment to the issuance of nuclear
safety requirements using notice and comment rulemaking.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, the Department of
Energy has the authority to regulate activities at facilities under its
jurisdiction. The Department is committed to honoring its obligation to
ensure the health and safety of the public and workers affected by its
operations.
Alternatives:
The Department could continue to impose nuclear safety requirements
through directives made applicable to DOE contractors through the terms
of their contracts.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The incremental costs of the proposed rules should be minimal because
contractors are currently bound by comparable contractual obligations.
Full compliance by contractors with nuclear safety standards will
result in substantial societal benefits.
Risks:
This rulemaking should reduce the risk of nuclear safety problems by
clarifying safety requirements applicable to DOE contractors and
improving compliance.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 56 FR 64316 12/01/91
Second NPRM 60 FR 45381 08/31/95
Final Action 01/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Richard L. Black
Director, Office of Nuclear Safety and Policy Standards
Department of Energy
1000 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20585
Phone: 301 903-3465
RIN: 1901-AA34
_______________________________________________________________________
DOE--ENDEP
25. RADIATION PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 2201; 42 USC 7191
CFR Citation:
10 CFR 834
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This action would add a new 10 CFR 834 to DOE's regulations
establishing a body of rules setting forth the basic requirements for
ensuring radiation protection of the public and environment in
connection with DOE nuclear activities. These requirements stem from
the Department's ongoing effort to strengthen the protection of health,
safety, and the environment from the nuclear and chemical hazards posed
by these DOE activities. Major elements of the proposal included a dose
limitation system for protection of the public; requirements for liquid
discharges; reporting and monitoring requirements; and residual
radioactive material requirements.
[[Page 63929]]
Statement of Need:
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the Department's obligation
to protect health and safety is fulfilled and to provide, if needed, a
basis for the imposition of civil and criminal penalties consistent
with the Price-Anderson Amendments Act of 1988. This action is
consistent with the Department's commitment to the issuance of nuclear
safety requirements using notice and comment rulemaking.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, the Department of
Energy has the authority to regulate activities at facilities under its
jurisdiction. The Department is committed to honoring its obligation to
ensure the health and safety of the public and workers affected by its
operations and the protection of the environs around its facilities.
Alternatives:
The Department could continue to impose nuclear safety requirements
through directives made applicable to DOE contractors through the terms
of their contracts.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The incremental costs of the proposed rules should be minimal because
contractors are currently bound by comparable contractual obligations.
Full compliance by contractors with nuclear safety standards will
result in substantial societal benefits.
Risks:
This rulemaking should reduce the risk of nuclear safety problems by
clarifying safety requirements applicable to DOE contractors and
improving compliance.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 58 FR 16268 03/25/93
Second NPRM 60 FR 45381 08/31/95
Final Action 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
Federal
Agency Contact:
Andrew Wallo III
Director, Air, Water and Radiation Division
Department of Energy
Office of Environmental Guidance
1000 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20585
Phone: 202 586-4996
RIN: 1901-AA38
_______________________________________________________________________
DOE--ENDEP
26. CHRONIC BERYLLIUM DISEASE PREVENTION PROGRAM
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 2201; 42 USC 7191
CFR Citation:
10 CFR 850
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This action will add requirements for the control of occupational
exposures to beryllium at DOE and DOE contractor facilities and
operations. This action reflects the Department's ongoing commitment to
strengthen the protection of health, safety, and the environment from
the hazards posed by its facilities.
Statement of Need:
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the Department's obligation
to provide a safe and healthy workplace is fulfilled.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, the Department of
Energy has the authority to regulate activities at facilities under its
jurisdiction. The Department is committed to honoring its obligation to
ensure the health and safety of workers and the public affected by its
operations.
Alternatives:
The Department could continue to impose health and safety requirements
through directives made applicable to DOE contractors through the terms
of their contracts.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The incremental costs of the proposed rule should be minimal. Full
compliance with these requirements will enhance occupational health and
safety at certain DOE facilities.
Risks:
This rulemaking would reduce the risk of an occupational hazard by
clarifying worker protection program requirements applicable to DOE
contractors.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 66940 12/03/98
Final Action 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
C. Rick Jones
Director, Office of Worker Protection Programs and Hazards Management
Department of Energy
19901 Germantown Road
Germantown, MD 20874-1290
Phone: 301 903-6061
RIN: 1901-AA75
BILLING CODE 6450-01-F
[[Page 63930]]
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (HHS)
Statement of Regulatory and Deregulatory Priorities
The Department of Health and Human Services is the United States
Government's principal agency for protecting the health of all
Americans and for providing essential human services, especially for
those who are least able to help themselves. To carry out its multiple
responsibilities, the Department works through ten major operating
divisions which manage over 300 programs. This spectrum of activities
includes:
Medicare (health insurance for elderly and disabled Americans)
Medicaid (health insurance for low-income people)
Medical and social science research
Preventing outbreaks of infectious disease, including
immunization services
Assuring food and drug safety
Financial assistance for low-income families
Child support enforcement
Improving maternal and infant health
Head Start (pre-school education and services)
Preventing child abuse and domestic violence
Substance abuse treatment and prevention
Services for older Americans, including home-delivered meals
Comprehensive health services delivery for American Indians
and Alaska Natives
HHS is the largest grant-making agency in the Federal Government,
providing some 60,000 grants per year. The Medicare program is the
nation's largest health insuror, handling more than 900 million claims
per year. The Department works closely with State and local
governments, and many HHS-funded services are provided by State- or
local-government agencies, or through private-sector grantees. HHS
programs, in addition to the services they deliver, provide for
equitable treatment of beneficiaries nationwide, and they enable the
collection of national health and other data.
For the foreseeable future, the Department's regulatory priorities, as
reflected in the specific Plan entries that follow, involve: Continuing
implementation of Medicare-restructuring provisions of the Balanced
Budget Act of 1997; new measures reflecting the President's food-safety
initiative; several undertakings to assure the safety and efficacy of
prescription drugs, biologics and medical devices; and persisting
efforts to assure an equitable organ-donation system in the Nation.
Underlying the Department's efforts to move forward in these areas in
FY 2000 and beyond, there endures the policy framework instituted by
the President's Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review.
Under the principles set out in this Order, and in the context of the
Administration's subsequent regulatory reform initiatives, the
Department assures that its rulemakings emphasize performance standards
and market incentives over prescriptive, command-and-control
requirements; reflect the use of benefit-cost and risk assessment
analyses, to achieve policy objectives in the most efficient manner
possible; are developed in consultation with those most affected,
especially our partners in the Federal system at the State and local
levels; and focus specifically on clearly identified problems, avoiding
overly broad, one-size-fits-all approaches to these problems. Efforts
to comply with these principles have been a continuing HHS priority
since 1993.
The bulk of HHS's regulatory activity emanates from programs of the
Food and Drug Administration and the Health Care Financing
Administration. There follow statements of regulatory priorities
pertaining to these two HHS components, followed by their Regulatory
Plan entries.
Food and Drug Administration
The Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) regulatory strategy involves
three main goals: (1) To reflect new technologies or programs that will
benefit the public, affected industries, and the agency or further
protect the public health; (2) to provide more information to consumers
so that they may use FDA-regulated products more safely or effectively;
and (3) to eliminate unnecessary burdens on industry. The following
illustrative examples reflect the agency's efforts to carry out this
strategy.
On November 6, 1998, FDA published a final rule amending its
regulations pursuant to an international agreement between the United
States and the European Community. Under the terms of that agreement,
the importing country authority may normally endorse good manufacturing
practice (GMP) inspection reports for pharmaceuticals provided by the
exporting authority determined by the importing authority to have an
equivalent regulatory system. Likewise, the importing country authority
may normally endorse medical device quality system evaluation reports
and certain medical device product evaluation reports provided by
conformity assessment bodies determined by the importing country
authority to have equivalent assessment procedures. The Agency took
this action to enhance its ability to ensure the safety and
effectiveness of pharmaceuticals and medical devices through more
efficient and effective utilization of its regulatory resources.
On December 1, 1998, FDA issued regulations establishing requirements
for the distribution of patient labeling for selected prescription
human drug and biological products used primarily on an outpatient
basis. The agency is requiring the distribution of patient labeling,
called Medication Guides, for certain products that pose a serious and
significant public health concern requiring distribution of FDA-
approved patient medication information. The intent of this action is
to improve public health by providing information necessary for
patients to use their medications safely and effectively. FDA believes
that this program will result in direct improvements in the safe and
effective use of prescription medications.
FDA promulgated new regulations on December 2, 1998, requiring
pediatric studies of certain new and marketed drug and biological
products. Most drugs and biologics have not been adequately tested in
the pediatric subpopulation. As a result, product labeling frequently
fails to provide directions for safe and effective use in pediatric
patients. This rule will partially address the lack of pediatric use
information by requiring that manufacturers of certain products provide
sufficient data and information to support directions for pediatric use
for the claimed indications.
In a January 21, 1999 publication, the Agency proposed to permit the
use on dietary supplements of health claims based on authoritative
statements under the notification procedures in the Food and Drug
Administration Modernization Act of 1997 (FDAMA). FDAMA permits
nutrient content claims based on authoritative statements for both
conventional foods and dietary supplements.
In another rulemaking, the Agency has proposed to require safe handling
statements on labels of shell eggs that have not been treated to
destroy Salmonella microorganisms (July 6, 1999). FDA has also proposed
to require that, when held by retail establishments,
[[Page 63931]]
shell eggs be stored and displayed under refrigeration at a temperature
of 7.2 degrees C (45 degrees F) or less. FDA is taking these actions
because of the number of outbreaks of foodborne illnesses and deaths
caused by Salmonella Enteritidis that are associated with the
consumption of shell eggs that have not been treated to destroy this
pathogen.
FDA, as directed by the Animal Drug Availability Act of 1996, has
amended its new animal drug regulations to further define the term
``substantial evidence'' (July 28, 1999). The purpose of this final
rule is to encourage the submission of new animal drug applications
(NADAs) and supplemental NADAs for single ingredient and combination
new animal drugs. The final rule also encourages dose range labeling.
In multiple rulemakings on August 19, 1999, FDA proposed to amend the
biologics regulations by removing, revising, or updating specific
regulations applicable to blood and blood derivatives to be more
consistent with current practices and to remove unnecessary or outdated
requirements. These actions are part of FDA's ``Blood Initiative,'' in
which FDA is reviewing and when appropriate revising its regulations,
policies, guidances, and procedures related to blood and blood
products, including blood derivatives.
Health Care Financing Administration
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) has worked, and
continues to work diligently, to provide guidance on the many
provisions of the Balanced Budget Act legislation. We are developing
additional appropriate regulations to address provisions that have not
yet been implemented in their entirety. HCFA's focus during this coming
fiscal year is diverse, encompassing payment issues, program integrity,
the children's health insurance program, and managed care.
Payment Issues
Ambulance Fee Schedule
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) requires the establishment of a
fee schedule for ambulance services under the Medicare program.
Policies are being developed through negotiated rulemaking. The
negotiated rulemaking committee, representing varied public and private
interests related to ambulance services, is scheduled to conclude in
February 2000, after taking into account such factors as cost control,
geographic and operational differences. We anticipate publication of
the proposed rule as soon as practical thereafter.
Prospective Payment Systems
Home Health Agencies are currently being paid under an interim payment
system in accordance with requirements of the BBA. As also required by
the BBA, HCFA is in the process of developing a final rule to establish
requirements for the new Home Health prospective payment system. The
same legislation requires that we develop a prospective payment system
for rehabilitation facilities, now being formulated as a proposed rule.
We published a notice of proposed rulemaking on September 8, 1998 for a
hospital outpatient prospective payment system, and are in the process
of drafting a final rule that takes into consideration the comments
that we received on the September 1998 document.
Program Integrity
Surety Bonds
In addressing BBA requirements for certain providers and suppliers to
furnish surety bonds in order to participate in the Medicare and
Medicaid programs, we issued several Federal Register documents. Some
dealt with surety bond submissions for home health agencies, and a
notice of proposed rulemaking considered requirements for suppliers of
durable medical equipment. Based on public response, we have decided to
propose new, less burdensome regulations, and we are developing notices
of proposed rulemaking to address the related issues. Plans include
finalizing these rules during the fiscal year.
Qualifications for Establishing and Maintaining Medicare Billing
Privileges
BBA and other laws require the furnishing of information and the
identification of individuals or entities who furnish medical services
to beneficiaries before payment can be made. We are particularly
interested in ensuring that those who provide services to our
beneficiaries are qualified to do so. In addition, we are responsible
for protecting the Trust Funds by ensuring that any duplicate or
overpayments are recouped. Through the gathering of information, and
the use of unique identifiers for those that furnish services for which
Medicare payment may be made, we can better protect our beneficiaries
and public funds. We are developing a notice of proposed rulemaking to
address the use of an information collection instrument that would
provide to us the necessary information before we make a determination
of whether a provider or supplier should be granted billing privileges.
Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP)
Under this optional program, created as title XXI of the Social
Security Act, under BBA, States may initiate and expand child health
assistance to uninsured, low-income children. Because of the short
timeframe between the enactment of the BBA and the effective date of
the legislation, and our interest in ensuring that States could take
advantage of the opportunity to better serve their vulnerable youthful
populations, we developed guidance that permitted 54 States and
territories to have approved CHIP plans. Thus, operation of the CHIP
program has begun, prior to the completion of regulations, which are
now nearing publication.
Managed Care
Medicare+Choice
We published an interim final regulation implementing the
Medicare+Choice program on June 26, 1998, and a final rule on February
17, 1999, addressing selected issues raised by commenters on the June
regulation. The next final rule under development will be more
comprehensive and will respond to all comments and implement other
necessary changes.
Medicaid Managed Care
We published a notice of proposed rulemaking on September 29, 1998,
addressing the BBA modifications of the Medicaid managed care programs.
The publication proposed enhanced enrollee protections and emphasized
the quality of health care delivered to Medicaid enrollees. The final
rule, under development, will respond to public comments and make any
appropriate revisions necessary to finalize the Medicaid Managed Care
programs.
Additional Regulations
We continue to focus on the importance of updating physician payments.
We published a final rule on November 2, 1999, addressing the updating
of physician payments by Medicare, including a provision to change the
method of determining malpractice insurance relative value units (RVUs)
from the current charge-based system to a resource-based system. The
rule continues the refinement of the practice expense RVUs that are
transitioning from charge-based to resource-based, and addresses
[[Page 63932]]
new and revised procedure codes for the year 2000.
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--Office of the Secretary (OS)
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
27. STANDARDS FOR PRIVACY OF INDIVIDUALLY INDENTIFIABLE HEALTH
INFORMATION
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
State, Local or Tribal Governments
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1320d-2; 42 USC 1320d-4; PL 104-191, sec 264
CFR Citation:
45 CFR 160; 45 CFR 164
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, February 21, 2000.
Abstract:
The proposed rule would implement part of the Administrative
Simplification requirements of Public Law 104-191 by establishing
standards for health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain
health care providers to protect the privacy of individually
identifiable health information.
Statement of Need:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
(PL 104-191) requires the Department to issue final standards for the
privacy of individually identifiable health information by February 21,
2000. The confidentiality of such information is currently unprotected.
The standards will establish protections applicable to medical records
created by health care providers, hospitals, health plans and health
care clearinghouses that are either transmitted or maintained
electronically, and the paper printouts created from these records.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
(PL 104-191) directed the Department to issue several standards to
facilitate the electronic exchange of information with respect to
financial and administrative transactions. It also directed the
Department to develop and submit to the Congress recommendations for
privacy legislation. In addition, if Congress did not enact legislation
governing privacy standards with respect to individually identifiable
health information by August 21, 1999, HIPAA directed the Department to
promulgate final regulations containing such standards by February 21,
2000. This proposed rule will enable the Department to solicit public
comment and issue final regulations in order to satisfy the statutory
requirement.
Alternatives:
The Department is required by statute to issue final regulations by
February 21, 2000. Therefore, no alternatives to regulatory action have
been considered.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Estimates of the economic impact that will stem from this rule will be
made available after all public commentary has been received and
analyzed.
Risks:
This proposed rule provides an important opportunity for interested
parties to comment on many complex privacy policies prior to
implementation of a significant new set of regulatory requirements.
Failure to publish this proposed rule would jeopardize the Department's
ability to meet the statutory deadline.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 59967 11/03/99
Final Action 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Governmental Jurisdictions, Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local, Tribal, Federal
Agency Contact:
Roxanne Gibson
Senior Administrative Assistant
Department of Health and Human Services
Office of the Secretary
Room G-322A, Attention: Privacy-P
200 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20201
Phone: 202 260-5083
RIN: 0991-AB08
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
28. HEARING AIDS; PROFESSIONAL AND PATIENT LABELING; CONDITIONS FOR
SALE
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Unfunded Mandates:
State, Local or Tribal Governments
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 351; 21 USC 352; 21 USC 360d; 21 USC 371; 21 USC 360j(e)
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 801.420; 21 CFR 801.421
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
FDA is considering revising its present regulation governing the
labeling and conditions for sale of hearing aids. The present rule
requires an examination by a physician before purchase of a hearing
aid, but permits an informed adult to waive that requirement. There is
some evidence that this waiver provision is being misused.
Statement of Need:
FDA has become aware of changes in the nature of the causes of hearing
loss and the technology of hearing aids that necessitate
reconsideration of the regulations governing the types of testing
needed before a hearing aid purchase and the labeling for health
professionals and patients. In the past, hearing loss often was caused
by medically treatable conditions. Today, medical and/or surgical
intervention will correct hearing loss in only 5 to 10 percent of the
cases. Therefore, there may be less of a need for medical evaluation.
FDA believes, however, that patients should receive proper testing in
order for a hearing aid to be effective.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Under 21 USC 360j(e), FDA has the authority to restrict the sale,
[[Page 63933]]
distribution, or use of a medical device, if FDA determines that,
without such restrictions, there cannot be reasonable assurance of its
safety and effectiveness. Under 21 USC 352, FDA has the authority to
require that the labeling of a medical device include adequate
directions for use.
Alternatives:
FDA considered applying the rule only to first time purchasers of
hearing aids. FDA believes, however, that this would not adequately
protect present users of inappropriate or unneeded hearing aids. FDA
also considered requiring additional tests, but has preliminarily
determined to list these tests as recommended only in order to provide
additional flexibility.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
FDA has estimated the costs of the mandatory testing required by the
rule would add an additional $24.8 million to $51.7 million depending
upon the assumptions concerning present practices. On the average, FDA
estimates that this would add about $24 to the cost of a hearing aid.
FDA expects that the benefits from the rule would include: (1)
Improving the quality of life of hearing aid users; (2) avoiding the
cost of inappropriate hearing aid purchase; (3) reducing doctor visits
for hearing aid evaluations; (4) lowering treatment costs due to early
detection of serious conditions; and (5) encouraging the dissemination
of accurate information concerning the benefits and limitations of
hearing aids.
Risks:
If the hearing aid purchaser inappropriately waives the medical
evaluation requirement under the existing rule, treatable causes of
hearing loss may go undetected. Many purchasers who have not had proper
testing before a hearing aid purchase will forego the use of a hearing
aid because the one purchased does not adequately improve their hearing
ability. At this time, FDA believes that many hearing impaired people
who may benefit from a hearing aid do not purchase one because they
fear that they will not benefit from one due to inaccurate information.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 58 FR 59695 11/10/93
ANPRM Comment Period End 01/10/94
NPRM 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State
Additional Information:
Previously reported under RIN 0905-AE46.
Agency Contact:
Joseph M. Sheehan
Chief, Regulations Staff
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
HFZ-215
Center for Devices and Radiological Health
1350 Piccard Drive
Rockville, MD 20850
Phone: 301 827-2974
RIN: 0910-AA39
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--FDA
29. LABELING FOR HUMAN PRESCRIPTION DRUGS; REVISED FORMAT
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Reinventing Government:
This rulemaking is part of the Reinventing Government effort. It will
revise text in the CFR to reduce burden or duplication, or streamline
requirements.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 321; 21 USC 331; 21 USC 351; 21 USC 352; 21 USC 353; 21 USC 355;
21 USC 358; 21 USC 360; 21 USC 360b; 21 USC 360gg to 360ss; 21 USC 371;
21 USC 374; 21 USC 379e
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 201
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The proposed regulation would amend the regulations governing the
format and content of professional labeling for human prescription drug
and biologic products, 21 CFR 201.56 and 201.57. The proposal would
require that professional labeling include a section containing
highlights of prescribing information and a section containing an index
to prescribing information, reorder currently required information and
make minor changes to its content, and establish minimum graphical
requirements for professional labeling. The proposal would also
eliminate certain unnecessary statements that are currently required to
appear on prescription drug labels and move certain information to
patient labeling.
Statement of Need:
The current format and content requirements in sections 201.56 and
201.57 were established to help ensure that labeling includes adequate
information to enable health care practitioners to prescribe drugs
safely and effectively. However, various developments in recent years,
such as technological advances in drug product development, have
contributed to an increase in the amount, detail, and complexity of
labeling information. This has made it harder for practitioners to find
specific information and to discern the most critical information in
product labeling.
FDA took numerous steps to evaluate the usefulness of prescription drug
labeling for its principal audience and to determine whether, and how,
its format and content can be improved. The agency conducted focus
groups and a national survey of office-based physicians to ascertain
how prescription drug labeling is used by health care practitioners,
what labeling information is most important to practitioners, and how
professional labeling should be revised to improve its usefulness to
prescribing practitioners.
Based on the concerns cited by practitioners in the focus groups and
physician survey, FDA developed and tested two prototypes of revised
labeling formats designed to facilitate access to important labeling
information. Based on this testing, FDA developed a third revised
prototype that it made available to the public for comment. Ten written
comments were received on the prototype. FDA also presented the revised
prototype at an informal public meeting held on October 30, 1995. At
the public meeting, the agency also presented the background research
and provided a forum for oral feedback from invited panelists and
members of the audience. The panelists generally supported the
prototype.
[[Page 63934]]
The proposed rule attempts to establish format and content requirements
for prescription drug labeling that incorporate information and ideas
gathered during this process.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The agency has broad authority under sections 502, 505, and 701 of the
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the act)(21 USC 352, 355, 371)
and section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (42 USC 262) to
regulate the content and format of prescription drug labeling to help
ensure that products are safe and effective for their intended uses. A
major part of FDA's efforts regarding the safe and effective use of
drug products involves FDA's review, approval, and monitoring of drug
labeling. Under section 502(f)(1) of the act, a drug is misbranded
unless its labeling bears ``adequate directions for use'' or it is
exempted from this requirement by regulation. Under section 201.100 (21
CFR 201.100), a prescription drug is exempted from the requirement in
section 502(f)(1) only if, among other things, it contains the
information required, in the format specified, by sections 201.56 and
201.57.
Under section 502(a) of the act, a drug product is misbranded if its
labeling is false or misleading in any particular. Under section 505(d)
and 505(e) of the act, FDA must refuse to approve an application and
may withdraw the approval of an application if the labeling for the
drug is false or misleading in any particular. Section 201(n) of the
act provides that in determining whether the labeling of a drug is
misleading, there shall be taken into account not only representations
or suggestions made in the labeling, but also the extent to which the
labeling fails to reveal facts that are material in light of such
representations or material with respect to the consequences which may
result from use of the drug product under the conditions of use
prescribed in the labeling or under customary usual conditions of use.
These statutory provisions, combined with section 701(a) of the act and
section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, clearly authorize FDA to
promulgate a regulation designed to help ensure that practitioners
prescribing drugs (including biological products) will receive
information essential to their safe and effective use in a format that
makes the information easier to access, read, and use.
Alternatives:
The alternatives to the proposal include not amending the content and
format requirements in sections 201.56 and 201.57 at all, or amending
them to a lesser extent. The agency has determined that although drug
product labeling, as currently designed, is useful to physicians, many
find it difficult to locate specific information in labeling, and some
of the most frequently consulted and most important information is
obscured by other information. In addition, the agency's research
showed that physicians strongly support the concept of including a
summary of the most important prescribing information, an index and
numbering system that permits specific information to be easily
located, and other proposed requirements, such as the requirement for a
minimum type size. Thus, the agency believes that the proposed
requirements will greatly facilitate health care practitioners' access
and use of prescription drug and biological labeling information.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The expected benefits from the proposed rule include reduced time
needed for health care professionals to read or review labeling for
desired information, increased effectiveness of treatment, and a
decrease in adverse events resulting from avoidable drug-related
errors. For example, the proposed revised format is expected to
significantly reduce the time spent on reading labeling by highlighting
often used information at the beginning of labeling and facilitating
access to detailed information.
The potential costs associated with the proposed rule include the cost
of redesigning labeling for previously approved products to which the
proposed rule would apply and submitting the new labeling to FDA for
approval. In addition, one-time and ongoing incremental costs would be
associated with printing the longer labeling that would result from
additional required sections. These costs would be minimized by
applying the amended requirements only to newer products and by
staggering the implementation date for previously approved products.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 01/00/00
NPRM Comment Period End 04/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
Additional Information:
Legal Authority continued: 42 USC 216; 42 USC 241; 42 USC 262; 42 USC
264
Agency Contact:
Lee D. Korb
Regulatory Counsel, Regulatory Policy Staff
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
Suite 3037 (HFD-7)
Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
1451 Rockville Pike
Rockville, MD 20852
Phone: 301 594-2041
Fax: 301 827-5562
Nancy M. Ostrove
Division of Drug Marketing, Advertising, and Communications
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
HFD-40
Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
5600 Fishers Lane
Rockville, MD 20857
Phone: 301 827-2828
RIN: 0910-AA94
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--FDA
30. PHARMACY AND PHYSICIAN COMPOUNDING OF DRUG PRODUCTS
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Legal Authority:
21 USC 331; 21 USC 351; 21 USC 352; 21 USC 353a; 21 USC 355; 21 USC
360; 21 USC 371
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 216
Legal Deadline:
None
[[Page 63935]]
Abstract:
Section 503A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the act) (21
U.S.C. 353a) describes the circumstances under which compounded drugs
may qualify for exemption from three requirements of the act: (1) That
a drug be manufactured according to current good manufacturing
practice, (2) that a drug have adequate directions for use, and (3)
that a marketing application be approved by FDA before a new drug
product is introduced for sale (i.e., sections 501(a)(2)(B), 502(f)(1),
and 505 of the act (21 U.S.C. 351(a)(2)(B), 352(f)(1), and 355)).
To qualify for the exemption, a pharmacist or physician must meet the
following statutory conditions for compounding: (1) There usually must
be a prescription for an identified individual patient before
compounding. (2) Compounding before receiving a prescription is allowed
only under limited circumstances. (3) Prescriptions may not be
solicited and certain types of advertising are not permitted. (4) The
quantity of drugs that may be shipped out of state is limited and may
vary depending on whether the compounder is located in a state that has
entered into a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with FDA. (5) Drug
products may only be compounded using a bulk drug substance (which is
essentially the active ingredient) that is listed in the United States
Pharmacopoeia (USP) or National Formulary (NF); or a bulk drug
substance that is a component of an FDA-approved drug product; or a
bulk drug substance that is listed in the regulation as one that FDA
has found to be suitable for compounding. (6) The bulk drug substance
must be made in a facility registered with FDA and the bulk drug
substance must be accompanied by a certificate of analysis. (7) Limited
quantities of copies of commercially manufactured drug products may be
compounded in special circumstances. (8) Drug products may not be
compounded if they are listed in a regulation as having been removed
from the market or had their FDA-approval withdrawn because they were
found to be not safe or not effective. (9) Drug products that are
listed in the regulations as ``demonstrably difficult to compound'' may
not be compounded.
The regulations will amplify and explain the statutory requirements as
well as execute tasks Congress assigned FDA in section 503A.
This proposed rule will be one of several rulemakings implementing
section 503A. Related regulatory initiatives are described below:
FDA has issued a final rule listing drug products that may not be
compounded because they were found to be not safe or not effective and
were removed from the market or had their FDA approval withdrawn.
FDA has also issued a proposed rule and is preparing a final rule
listing drugs that are not the subject of a USP or NF monograph, and
are not components of an FDA-approved drug product but are suitable for
compounding.
FDA is currently preparing a proposed rule listing those drugs that are
demonstrably difficult to compound and are not allowed to be
compounded.
FDA has published a Federal Register notice announcing the availability
of a draft MOU between FDA and state boards of pharmacy.
Statement of Need:
Pharmacy compounding can provide substantial benefits to the public
health. It can give to patients, who are allergic to inactive
ingredients found in commercially available drug products, versions of
those drug products from which the allergenic ingredient has been
omitted. Patients who have difficulty taking a commercially available
drug product may obtain a compounded version of the drug product in a
different dosage form. Pharmacy compounding can also enable physicians
to access certain drugs that are not commercially available.
Just as compounded drugs may present significant benefits to health,
they can also present significant risks. Compounded drugs are generally
not evaluated by FDA for safety or effectiveness. They are not made
according to current good manufacturing practices and have generally
not been tested for strength, quality, or purity. Stability testing, to
establish the useful shelf life of the products, has generally not been
performed on compounded drug products. Compounders have made illicit
copies of FDA-approved drug products, threatening the integrity of the
drug approval process. FDA is attempting to maximize the public health
benefits of pharmacy compounding, while minimizing the potential threat
to the public health.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 127 of the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of
1997 (FDAMA) adds section 503A to the act. Sections
503A(b)(1)(A)(i)(III) and (d)(2) direct FDA to publish regulations
establishing a list of drugs that are suitable for compounding. Section
503A(b)(1)(C) directs FDA to publish in the Federal Register a list of
drug products that have been withdrawn or removed from the market
because such drug products or components of such drug products have
been found to be unsafe or not effective. Section 503A(b)(1)(D) directs
FDA to define the term ``compound regularly or in inordinate amounts''
relating to compounding drug products that are essentially copies of a
commercially available drug product. Section 503A(b)(3)(A) directs FDA
to develop a list of drug products that may not be compounded because
they are demonstrably difficult to compound. Efficient enforcement of
section 503A would benefit from publication of a substantive rule that
interprets and applies the statutory language.
Alternatives:
Section 127 of FDAMA directs FDA to develop regulations, so no
alternatives to regulations have been considered. FDA has considered a
wide range of options and approaches within the framework of a
regulation. FDA has convened and consulted the Pharmacy Compounding
Advisory Committee, which consists of representatives of the United
States Pharmacopoeia, the National Association of Boards of Pharmacy,
and a consumer organization, as well as members of the pharmacy and
pharmaceutical manufacturing industries, physicians and academics.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
FDA has not yet quantified the costs and benefits of any regulatory
approach. FDA has not been significantly involved in the regulation of
pharmacy compounding, and does not have any economic data on the
industry at this time. Responses to the NPRM will be important in
determining the costs and benefits of any regulation.
Risks:
None.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
[[Page 63936]]
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, State
Additional Information:
See RINs 0910-AB57, 0910-AB5
Agency Contact:
Wayne H. Mitchell
Regulatory Counsel, Regulatory Policy Staff
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
Suite 3057 (HFD-7)
Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
1451 Rockville Pike
Rockville, MD 20852
Phone: 301 594-2041
Fax: 301 827-5562
RIN: 0910-AB58
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--FDA
31. CGMPS FOR BLOOD AND BLOOD COMPONENTS: NOTIFICATION OF CONSIGNEES
AND TRANSFUSION RECIPIENTS RECEIVING BLOOD AND BLOOD COMPONENTS AT
INCREASED RISK OF TRANSMITTING HCV INFECTION
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Legal Authority:
21 USC 321; 21 USC 331; 21 USC 351; 21 USC 352; 21 USC 353; 21 USC 355;
21 USC 360; 21 USC 371; 21 USC 374; 42 USC 216; 42 USC 262; 42 USC 263;
42 USC 263a; 42 USC 264; 42 USC 300aa-25
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 606; 21 CFR 610
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rulemaking is one of a number of actions being taken to amend the
biologics regulations to remove, revise, or update the regulations
applicable to blood, blood components, and blood derivatives. These
actions are based on a comprehensive review of the regulations
performed by FDA, and are also based on reports by the U.S. House of
Representatives Committee on Government Reform and Oversight,
Subcommittee on House Resources and Intergovernmental Relations, the
General Accounting Office, and the Institute of Medicine, as well as
public comments. In this rulemaking, FDA will propose to amend the
biologics regulations to require that blood establishments prepare and
follow written procedures for appropriate action when it is determined
that blood and blood components pose an increased risk for transmitting
hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection because they have been collected from
a donor who, at a later date, tested repeatedly reactive for evidence
of HCV.
Statement of Need:
In the Federal Register of October 23, 1998 (63 FR 56198), FDA
announced the availability of guidance, which updated previous
guidance, providing recommendations for donor screening and further
testing for antibodies to HCV, notification of consignees, transfusion
recipient tracing and notification, and counseling by physicians
regarding transfusion with blood components at increased risk for
transmitting HCV (often called ``lookback''). While available evidence
indicates that blood establishments are following these
recommendations, FDA believes that regulations should be codified,
consistent with the previous recommendations, to assure there is clear
enforcement authority in case deficiencies in an establishment's
lookback program are found and to provide clear instructions for
continuing lookback activities.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Public Health Service Act (21 USC 216 et seq.) and the Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 USC 321 et seq.) authorize FDA to
regulate biological products and to ensure that the products are safe,
pure, potent, and effective. The Public Health Service Act also
contains the authority under which FDA can promulgate regulations to
prevent the spread of communicable diseases. These regulations would
assure that appropriate action is taken when blood components have been
transfused which may potentially be capable of transmitting HCV, that
persons who have been transfused with such blood components are
notified so that they receive proper counseling and treatment, and to
help prevent the further transmission of HCV.
Alternatives:
FDA has considered permitting the continued voluntary compliance with
the recommendations that have already issued. However, the ability of
FDA to enforce appropriate lookback procedures would be unclear. In
addition, because lookback will remain appropriate for the foreseeable
future, FDA believes that the procedures should be clearly established
in the regulations.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
FDA is in the process of analyzing the costs related to the rulemaking.
Monetary burdens will be associated to the tracing of previous
donations of donors, identifying the recipients of these previous blood
donations, and notifying these recipients, as appropriate. FDA believes
these costs will be more than compensated by the public health
benefits, including benefits related to the notification of past
transfusion recipients who may be unaware that they may be infected
with HCV.
Risks:
FDA believes there are minimum risks posed by requiring that
appropriate lookback procedures for HCV be prepared and followed.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Additional Information:
See RIN 0910-AB26.
Agency Contact:
Steven F. Falter
Director, Regulations and Policy Staff
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
Suite 200N (HFM-17)
Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research
1401 Rockville Pike
Rockville, MD 20852-1448
Phone: 301 827-6210
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0910-AB76
_______________________________________________________________________
[[Page 63937]]
HHS--FDA
32. CURRENT GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICE IN MANUFACTURING,
PACKING, OR HOLDING DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
21 USC 342; 21 USC 371; 21 USC 374; 42 USC 264
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 111
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced in an advance notice
of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) of February 6, 1997, its plans to
consider developing regulations establishing current good manufacturing
practice (CGMP) for dietary supplements and dietary supplement
ingredients. The ANPRM was published in order for FDA to solicit
comments on whether it should initiate action to establish CGMP
regulations and if so, what constitutes CGMP for these products. FDA
announced that this effort was in response to the section of the
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the act) that provides authority
to the Secretary of Health and Human Services to promulgate CGMP
regulations and to a submission from the dietary supplement industry
asking that FDA consider an industry-proposed CGMP framework as a basis
for CGMP regulations. The ANPRM also responds to concerns that such
regulations are necessary to ensure that consumers are provided with
dietary supplement products which are not adulterated or misbranded,
which have the identity and provide the quantity of dietary ingredients
declared in labeling, and which meet the quality specifications that
the supplements are represented to meet.
Statement of Need:
FDA is considering whether to develop regulations establishing current
good manufacturing practice (CGMP) for dietary supplements and dietary
supplement ingredients for several reasons. First, FDA is concerned
that some firms may not be taking appropriate steps during the
manufacture of supplement products to ensure that products are properly
formulated and not adulterated. There have been cases of misidentified
ingredients harming consumers using dietary supplements. FDA is also
aware of products or ingredients that contain potentially harmful
contaminants or ingredients because of apparently inadequate
manufacturing controls and quality control procedures. The agency
believes that a system of CGMP or other preventive manufacturing
controls may be the most effective and efficient way to ensure that
these products will not be adulterated during the manufacturing
process.
Summary of Legal Basis:
If CGMP regulations were adopted by FDA, failure of a manufacturer to
implement and follow CGMP would render the dietary supplement or
dietary supplement ingredients of that manufacturer adulterated under
section 402(g) of the act.
Alternatives:
The two principal alternatives to comprehensive CGMP are end-product
testing and Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP). In the
ANPRM, FDA asked for public comment on approaches to ensuring that
dietary supplements and dietary supplement ingredients are not
adulterated during the manufacturing process. The agency asked whether
HACCP may be a more effective approach than a comprehensive CGMP, and
whether different approaches may be better able to address the needs of
the broad spectrum of firms that conduct one or more distinct
operations, such as the manufacture of finished products, or solely the
distribution and sale of finished products at the wholesale or retail
level. FDA will consider the information it received in response to the
ANPRM and from other sources, such as public meetings and small
business outreach meetings, in its consideration of whether CGMP or
other approaches are most appropriate.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
A comprehensive CGMP (or other system of ensuring the safety of dietary
supplements and dietary supplement ingredients) would permit more
effective and efficient oversight by Federal, State, and local
governments. It would place primary responsibility for ensuring that
these products are not adulterated on the manufacturer/distributor by
requiring that they develop and implement a rational, scientific-based
system to control their manufacturing process. FDA anticipates that
costs to industry generated by implementing a comprehensive
manufacturing process, whether CGMP or other plan, would be offset in
four ways: (1) by reducing the amount of supplement-associated
illnesses or adverse events; (2) by increasing public confidence in
dietary supplements marketed in the United States; (3) by enabling U.S.
supplements companies to compete more effectively in the world market;
and (4) by decreasing the number of future product recalls.
Risks:
Any potential for consumers to be provided adulterated (contaminated
with industrial chemicals, pesticides, microbial pathogens, or
dangerous misidentified ingredients or toxic components of ingredients)
products must be considered a very serious risk because of the
possibility that such contamination could be widespread, affecting
whole segments of the population, causing some severe long-term effects
and even loss of life. Dietary supplements are used by a large segment
of the American public. Moreover they are often used by segments of the
population that are particularly vulnerable to adulterated products,
such as the elderly, young children, pregnant and nursing women, and
persons who may have serious illnesses or are taking medications that
may adversely interact with dietary supplement components. FDA has
adopted or proposed manufacturing controls for a number of foods and
commodities that present potential health hazards to consumers if not
processed properly, including seafood, juice products, and fruits and
vegetables and it is appropriate that FDA consider whether
manufacturing controls are necessary to assure consumers that dietary
supplements are not adulterated during the manufacturing process.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 62 FR 5700 02/06/97
ANPRM Comment Period End 06/06/97
NPRM 09/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
[[Page 63938]]
Agency Contact:
Karen Strauss
Consumer Safety Officer
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
200 C Street, S.W. (HFS-456)
Washington, DC 20204
Phone: 202 205-5372
Fax: 202 260-8957
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0910-AB88
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--FDA
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
33. FRUIT AND VEGETABLE JUICES: DEVELOPMENT OF HACCP AND LABEL WARNING
STATEMENTS FOR JUICES
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 321 et seq; 42 USC 264
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 120
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced in an advance notice
of proposed rulemaking of August 4, 1994, its plans to consider the
development of regulations establishing requirements for a new
comprehensive food safety assurance program that would be based on the
principles of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP). The new
food safety program would respond to new challenges, such as new food
processing and packaging technologies, new food distribution and
consumption patterns, exposure to industrial chemicals and chemical
waste, the increasing importation of foods, new microbial pathogens,
and resource constraints. Current information shows that the most
serious of these challenges is presented by food-borne pathogens. The
number of recognized food-borne pathogens has broadened considerably,
as has the awareness of long-term complications from certain food-borne
illnesses--such as arthritis, heart disease, and kidney and
neurological damage. To meet such challenges, FDA intends to shift the
focus of its food safety assurance program away from periodic visual
inspection and end-product testing and toward prevention of food safety
risks and problems, utilizing the state-of-the-art HACCP preventive
approach. A first step was taken when FDA published a HACCP regulation
for fish and fishery products on December 18, 1995. Consistent with
FDA's HACCP efforts, USDA published a HACCP regulation for meat and
poultry on July 25, 1996. FDA proposed on April 24, 1998 to adopt a
HACCP regulation for the processing of juice. The agency simultaneously
proposed to require a warning statement on the labels or in labeling
for juice products that have not been processed to reduce, control, or
eliminate the presence of harmful bacteria. Such labeling would serve
to reduce the risk of food-borne illness, pending development of a
final HACCP rule for juice. As part of the development of the HACCP
proposal, FDA considered information obtained during agency HACCP pilot
activities, and comments and scientific and technological information
relating to fresh juices provided during and after an agency public
meeting on juice held on December 16 and 17, 1996. On July 8, 1998, the
agency finalized the warning statement requirement. FDA held two
technical scientific workshops, one November 12, 1998, in Lake Alfred,
Florida and the other November 29, 1998, in Irvine, California, to
discuss and clarify issues related to the implementation of the
agency's rule requiring a warning statement for certain juice products.
The workshops addressed citrus juice production and the methods for
measuring and validating such systems. On December 8 and 9, 1998, the
National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for Foods
(NACMCF) met to consider performance criteria for fresh juice. FDA
specifically requested the NACMCF to make recommendations about the
efficacy of surface treatments in ensuring the safety of citrus juices.
Statement of Need:
FDA is adopting regulations that would establish requirements for a new
comprehensive food safety assurance program for both domestically
produced and imported fruit and vegetable juices that would be based on
the principles of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP). FDA
intends to adopt a juice HACCP regulation because there have been a
number of outbreaks of illnesses associated with juice products,
including some directly affecting children, and because the agency
believes that a system of preventive controls is the most effective and
efficient way to ensure that these products will be safe.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Failure of a processor to have and implement a HACCP system will render
the food products of that processor adulterated under section 402(a)(4)
of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. Whether a processor's
actions are consistent with ensuring the safety of food will be
determined through an evaluation of the overall implementation of the
firm's HACCP system.
Alternatives:
The two principal alternatives to HACCP are end-product testing and
comprehensive current good manufacturing practices (CGMPs). FDA has
concluded, based on information available at this time, that these
alternatives lack the distinct advantages of a HACCP-based approach.
End-product testing does not address the root causes of food safety
problems, is not preventive by design, and requires that a large number
of samples be analyzed to ensure product integrity. CGMPs are not
practical because they are plant-wide operating procedures and do not
concentrate on the identification and prevention of food hazards.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
In general terms, HACCP focuses on prevention and is designed to
prevent the occurrence of hazards affecting food; HACCP permits more
effective and efficient oversight by Federal, State, and local
governments; and HACCP appropriately places primary responsibility for
ensuring food safety on the food manufacturer/distributor to analyze,
in a rational, scientific manner, its production processes in order to
identify critical control points and establish critical limits and
monitoring procedures. FDA anticipates that costs to industry generated
by implementation of HACCP would be offset in four ways: (1) by
reducing the amount of food-borne illnesses (for example, total illness
reduction benefits estimated to result from FDA's HACCP-based
requirements for seafood regulation are between $15 and $75 million per
year); (2) by increasing public confidence in the Nation's food supply;
(3) by enabling U.S. food companies to compete more effectively in the
world market (for example, current recommendations of the Codex
[[Page 63939]]
Alimentarius Commission's Committee on Food Hygiene encourage the use
of the HACCP system, and the European Community (EC) has begun to
require that foods produced within the EC be processed under HACCP
requirements); and (4) by decreasing the number of future product
recalls.
Risks:
Any potential for contamination of the food supply with industrial
chemicals or microbial pathogens must be considered a very serious risk
because of the possibility that such contamination could be widespread,
affecting whole segments of the population, causing some severe long-
term effects and even loss of life. FDA made a decision to adopt a
HACCP-based approach to regulate seafood, based on a considerable body
of literature and expertise in this area. Likewise, FDA has reviewed
current information on hazards associated with unprocessed juice, and
intends to propose that processors use HACCP in the manufacture of
certain juice products.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 59 FR 39888 08/04/94
ANPRM Comment Period End 12/02/94
Economic Analysis for Juice HACCP and Labeling
PRIA 05/01/1998 (63 FR 24254)
PRIA Comment Period End 06/22/1998
HACCP for Juice
NPRM 04/24/1998 (63 FR 20450)
NPRM Comment Period End 08/07/1998
NPRM Comment Period Reopened 12/17/1998 (63 FR 69579)
NPRM Reopened Comment Period End 01/19/1999
Final Action 04/00/2000
Label Warning Statements for Juice
Notice of Intent 08/28/1997 (62 FR 45593)
NPRM 04/24/1998 (63 FR 20496)
NPRM Comment Period End 06/21/1998
Final Action 07/08/1998 (63 FR 37029)
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Federal
Additional Information:
Previously reported under RIN 0905-AE60.
Agency Contact:
Shellee Anderson
Consumer Safety Officer
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
HFS-306
Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition
200 C Street SW.
Washington, DC 20204
Phone: 202 205-5023
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0910-AA43
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--FDA
34. SHELL EGGS: WARNING, NOTICE AND SAFE HANDLING LABELING STATEMENTS
AND REFRIGERATION REQUIREMENTS
Priority:
Other Significant. Major status under 5 USC 801 is undetermined.
Legal Authority:
21 USC 321; 42 USC 264
CFR Citation:
21 CFR 101.17(g); 21 CFR 115.50; 21 CFR 16.5
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
There have been numerous foodborne outbreaks of salmonellosis,
principally due to Salmonella Enteritidis (SE), that have been traced
to the consumption of temperature abused and/or undercooked shell eggs.
The Food and Drug Administration has received petitions from Rose Acres
Farm, Inc., and the Center for Science in the Public Interest that
request, in part, that FDA establish safe handling statements for shell
eggs. FDA intends to propose to require safe handling statements on
labeling of shell eggs that have not been treated to destroy Salmonella
microorganisms that may be present. In accordance with amendments to
the Egg Products Inspection Act, USDA published on August 27, 1998, a
final rule to require that shell eggs be stored at an ambient
temperature of 7.2 degrees Celsius (45 degrees Fahrenheit). However,
the USDA rulemaking does not include refrigeration at retail. FDA
intends to propose regulations to mandate that shell eggs be stored for
retail sale at 7.2 degrees Celsius (45 degrees Fahrenheit) or less. FDA
is proposing this measure to ensure that shell eggs are handled in a
manner to decrease the possible growth of any SE that may be present in
shell eggs. All of these actions are intended to reduce the occurrence
of illnesses and deaths associated with the consumption of improperly
cooked shell eggs.
Statement of Need:
FDA is adopting regulations as part of the farm-to-table food safety
system for shell eggs that would establish refrigeration requirements
for shell eggs held at retail and labeling requirements instructing egg
preparers and consumers on safe handling of shell eggs. FDA intends to
adopt these regulations because of the continued reports of outbreaks
of foodborne illness and death caused by SE that are associated with
the consumption of shell eggs, and because the agency believes that
these measures can have an immediate effect in significantly reducing
the risk of foodborne illness due to consumption of SE contaminated
shell eggs. Further, these measures can be implemented while FDA and
FSIS continue to develop their comprehensive farm-to-table food safety
system.
Summary of Legal Basis:
FDA's legal basis to require refrigeration of shell eggs derives from
sections 402(a)(4), and 701(a) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act (FDCA) (21 U.S.C.342(a)(4) and 371(a)) and sections 311, 361, and
368 of the Public Health Service Act (PHSA) (42 U.S.C. 243, 264, and
271) that relate to communicable disease. Under section 402(a)(4) of
the act, a food is adulterated if it is prepared, packed, or held in
insanitary conditions whereby it may have been contaminated with filth
or may have been rendered injurious to health. Numerous scientific
reports describe how refrigeration helps to maintain the egg's natural
defenses against degradation and slows the growth of any SE present.
Under section 701(a) of the act, FDA is authorized to issue regulations
for the efficient enforcement of the act. Thus, a regulation that
prohibits food from being held under insanitary conditions would
provide for efficient enforcement. FDA's legal authority to require
label statements on food products derives from sections 201(n),
403(a)(1), and 701(a) of the FDCA (21 U.S.C. 321(n), 343(a)(1), and
371(a)), and sections 311, 361, and 368 of the Public Health Service
Act (PHSA) (42 U.S.C. 243, 264, and 271) that relate to communicable
disease. Under section 403(a)(1) of the FDCA, a food is misbranded if
its labeling is false or
[[Page 63940]]
misleading in any particular. Section 201(n) of the FDCA provides that
in determining whether labeling is misleading, the agency shall take
into account the extent to which the labeling fails to reveal facts
that are material with respect to consequences that may result from use
of the product under conditions of use prescribed in the labeling or
under customary or usual conditions. The fact that shell eggs may
contain illness causing bacteria and that there are measures that
consumers can take to protect themselves from illness is material
information and, therefore, must be provided in labeling to ensure that
the product is not misbranded.
Alternatives:
There are several alternatives to requiring refrigeration and safe
handling instructions for shell eggs. The five principal alternatives
include: (1) No new regulatory action, (2) labeling only, (3)
refrigeration only, (4) Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP)
for shell eggs, and (5) in-shell pasteurization. FDA had concluded,
based on information available at this time, that relying on current
safeguards (option 1) would not greatly reduce the number of illnesses
from SE in shell eggs. Even though the benefits from either labeling
alone or refrigeration alone (options 2 and 3) exceed the costs, the
combined benefits of refrigeration and labeling are much greater than
either taken separately. FDA believes that a HACCP-like program (option
4) is currently not feasible. However, FDA is evaluating whether in the
future, a HACCP-like program including possibly in-shell
pasteurization, may be necessary to further ensure the safety of shell
eggs. In-shell pasteurization (option 5) would greatly reduce SE, but
FDA believes other interventions between farm-to-table could reduce SE
at lower cost.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The benefits from requiring safe handling labeling and the
refrigeration of shell eggs at 7.2 degrees C (45 degrees F) come from
reducing SE-related illness. FDA used the results of the USDA SE risk
assessment for one estimate of the baseline risk and the CDC Salmonella
surveillance data for another estimate of the baseline. FDA also used
the risk assessment model to estimate the expected reduction in
illnesses attributed to the requirements. The range (5th to 95th
percentile) of estimated annual benefits for the USDA SE risk
assessment baseline was $87 million to $6.6 billion, with a median of
$700 million. The range (5th to 95th percentile) of estimated annual
benefits for the CDC surveillance baseline was $50 million to $1.7
billion, with a median of $300 million. The benefits are large,
although FDA estimates that 95 percent of shell eggs are already held
at ambient temperatures of 7.2 degrees C (45 degrees F) or less. The
costs of the proposed rule are the sum of the costs of changes in
manufacturing practices--labeling and refrigeration--and changes in
consumer practices--egg preparation and consumption. The costs of
labeling are the sum of administrative compliance, inventory disposal,
and label redesign costs. FDA anticipates that the total labeling cost
for a 6-month compliance period to be a one-time cost of approximately
$18 million. The total cost included administrative costs of $280,000,
inventory disposal costs of $3 million, and label redesign costs of $15
million. The refrigeration costs will be the cost of the additional
equipment required for all establishments to maintain an ambient
temperature of 7.2 degrees C (45 degrees F). The anticipated costs per
establishment range from close to zero for small equipment upgrades to
$6,000 for a large new refrigerator. For all establishments, the range
(5th to 95th percentile) of anticipated one-time refrigeration costs
was $7 million to $228 million, with a median of $31 million. FDA also
considered as a part of the cost the change in consumer behaviors. The
anticipated annual costs to consumers to change the way eggs are
prepared and consumed ranged (5th to 95th percentile) from $2 million
to $20 million, with a median of $10 million. The median total costs of
the proposed rule--the sum of the costs of labeling, refrigeration, and
changes in consumer practices--are about $60 million in the first year
and $10 million per year thereafter.
Risks:
Any potential for growth of SE in shell eggs must be considered a very
serious risk because of the possibility that such growth could be
widespread, affecting whole segments of the population, causing some
severe long-term effects and even loss of life. FDA made a decision to
adopt refrigeration and labeling requirements for shell eggs based on a
considerable body of evidence, literature, and expertise in this area.
This decision was also based on the USDA Risk Assessment and the
identified effects associated with refrigeration and labeling.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 63 FR 27502 05/19/98
ANPRM Comment Period End 08/17/98
Economic Analysis for Refrigeration and Labeling of Shell Eggs
NPRM 07/06/1999 (64 FR 36492)
NPRM Comment Period End 09/20/1999 (64 FR 36492)
Final Action 04/00/2000
Refrigeration and Labeling of Shell Eggs
NPRM 07/06/1999 (64 FR 36492)
NPRM Comment Period End 09/20/1999 (64 FR 36492)
Final Action 04/00/2000
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, State
Agency Contact:
Geraldine A. June
Consumer Safety Officer
Department of Health and Human Services
Food and Drug Administration
HFS-158
Center for Food Safety and Applied
Nutrition, 200 C Street SW
Washington, DC 20204
Phone: 202 205-5099
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0910-AB30
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
35. MEDICARE PROGRAM; QUALIFICATIONS FOR ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING
MEDICARE BILLING PRIVILEGES (HCFA-6002-P)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
Undetermined
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1302; 42 USC 1395hh
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 424; 42 CFR 489
Legal Deadline:
None
[[Page 63941]]
Abstract:
This proposed rule would establish a requirement that all providers and
suppliers (other than physicians who have entered into a private
contract with a beneficiary) complete an enrollment form and submit
specified information to us and to periodically revalidate the
enrollment information to receive and maintain billing privileges in
the Medicare program. The information must clearly identify the
provider or supplier and its place of business, provide documentation
that it is qualified to perform the services for which it is billing,
and assure that it is not currently excluded from the Medicare program.
If we determine the information submitted is incomplete, invalid, or
insufficient to meet Medicare requirements, we would reject, deny,
inactivate, or revoke billing privileges. Any deliberate concealment or
misrepresentation of material information would subject the provider or
supplier to liability under civil and criminal laws.
Statement of Need:
The Medicare program is currently the principal payer for health care
for 39.2 million enrolled beneficiaries. Under section 1802 of the Act,
a beneficiary may obtain health services from any institution, agency,
or person qualified to participate in Medicare. Some qualifications to
participate are specified in statute, such as in sections 1819, 1834,
1861, 1866, and 1891 of the Act. Many more are in our regulations,
especially at 42 CFR subchapter E, which concerns standards and
certification requirements.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Because we are intending to use the form HCFA 855 as the principal
information collection instrument, we provide the following information
about the data request on the forms. In addition to the legal authority
cited, the following additional cites grant us the authority to collect
the information required to complete the form HCFA 855:
Section 1814(a) of the Act states that payment for services furnished
to an individual may only be made to providers and only if a written
request is filled in such a form and manner as the Secretary may
prescribe.
Sections 1815 and 1833(e) of the Act authorize the Secretary to
withhold Medicare payments until the provider or supplier furnishes
such information as may be necessary to determine amounts due.
Section 1866(a)(1) of the Act establishes provider agreement
requirements, including a requirement not to charge the beneficiary if
the provider would have been entitled to Medicare payment had the
provider compiled with procedural requirements.
Alternatives:
If this rule is not published, we would weaken our authority to prevent
fraudulent or abusive providers and suppliers from billing the Medicare
program.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
This is an administrative initiative that may result in Medicare
program saving but at this time those savings are inestimable. We
believe the probable costs providers or suppliers would incur as a
result of this rule would be negligible.
Risks:
This rule will potentially improve the information and documentation
collection used to determine if a provider or supplier should be
granted billing privileges. This rule will promote compliance with
Medicare requirements, and also prevent abuse of the Medicare program
and inappropriate uses of Medicare funds by ensuring that payment is
made only for services furnished by qualified individuals or entities
by requiring that the providers and suppliers of those services prove
their qualifications and identity. If the provider or supplier failed
to meet the requirements or submit the required information, we would
not enroll them in the Medicare program or we would remove them if they
were currently in the program.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Additional Information:
Formerly known as HCFA-1023-
Agency Contact:
Michael Collett
CHPP
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-6121
RIN: 0938-AH73
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
36. PROSPECTIVE FEE SCHEDULE FOR AMBULANCE SERVICES (HCFA-1002-NR)
Priority:
Other Significant
Unfunded Mandates:
Private Sector
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4531(b)
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 410
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, January 1, 2000.
Abstract:
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 requires that the Secretary establish a
fee schedule for ambulance services through negotiated rulemaking. The
fee schedule is to be effective beginning with services furnished on or
after January 1, 2000. In addition to setting the payment rates, the
Secretary is to ensure that the aggregate amount of payment made for
ambulance services in 2000 may not exceed the amount of payment that
would have been made absent the fee schedule. This is a cap on payment,
not a budget neutrality adjustment. The Secretary is to consult with
national organizations representing individuals and entities that
furnish and regulate ambulance services and share relevant data with
these organizations. This provision will be met through the negotiated
rulemaking process.
Statement of Need:
The establishment of this fee schedule is required by section 4531 of
the BBA. In so doing through the negotiated rulemaking process, a
fairer payment system will be implemented that is consistent with the
services furnished and that takes into account the variations caused by
regional and operational differences among ambulance companies.
[[Page 63942]]
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 4531 of the BBA requires the establishment of this fee
schedule.
Alternatives:
Because section 4531 of the BBA requires the establishment of this fee
schedule, no alternatives to this regulation exist.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
There is an anticipated savings of $65 million that will be attributed
to the savings that would have occurred if the HCFA proposed regulation
published on June 17, 1997 at 62 FR 32715 had been implemented in
final. This savings derived from the proposal to pay for ambulance
services furnished, rather than paying for the more expensive advanced
life support (ALS) level of service solely because an ALS vehicle was
used even if no ALS service was furnished.
Benefits include establishing a fee schedule that will be commensurate
with the services furnished, and that will take into account the
regional and operational variations in providing ambulance services.
The current reasonable charge/reasonable cost systems do not result in
a fair geographic variation in payment allowances, since some areas
receive 2 to 3 times the payment of other areas for the same services.
Risks:
Failing to implement the Medicare ambulance fee schedule would
perpetuate an inequitable payment system that sometimes overpays and
other times underpays for this critical aspect of medical care. The
current system also has unintentional incentives to provide inefficient
ambulance services in some areas, and inadequate ambulance services in
areas of low population.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
Notice of Intent64 FR 3474ate 01/22/99
NPRM 05/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
Agency Contact:
Nancy Edwards
Center for Health Plans and Providers
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
C5-06-27
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850
Phone: 410 786-4531
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0938-AI72
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
37. MEDICARE PROGRAM: PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEM FOR INPATIENT
REHABILITATION HOSPITAL SERVICES (HCFA-1069-P)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4421
CFR Citation:
None
Legal Deadline:
NPRM, Statutory, October 1, 2000.
Abstract:
This proposed rule will estalish requirements for the new prospective
payment system for rehabilitation facilities as mandated by section
4421 of the BBA.
Statement of Need:
The BBA significantly changed the way we will pay for Medicare covered
services furnished to a Medicare inpatient in a rehabilitation
facility. The BBA requires payments to be based on the inpatient
operating and capital costs of rehabilitation facilities and adjusted
for: (1) Case mix using patient classification groups; (2) Area wages;
(3) Inflation; (4) Outlier and special payments; and (5) Other factors
necessary to reflect variations in costs of treatment. Total payments
made under the system to rehabilitation facilities during fiscal years
2001 and 2002 are required to be equal to 98 percent of estimated
payments that would have been made under the current TEFRA payment
system. Outlier payments in a fiscal year may not exceed 5 percent of
the total projected payments for the fiscal year.
The BBA gives us considerable discretion in designing the prospective
payment system. Payment rates are required to be based on payment units
which may be defined as a discharge, a day of inpatient services, or
another unit of payment defined by the Secretary. The case mix
classification groups may be based on such factors as the Secretary
deems appropriate such as impairment, age, related prior
hospitalization, co-morbidities, and functional capability of the
patient.
The BBA mandates implementation of the prospective payment system on
October 1, 2000. We thus plan on publishing a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (NPRM) in February 2000. We are currently funding research
on various aspects of the prospective payment system that will be
thoroughly discussed in the NPRM.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 4421 of the BBA mandates the phase-in of a case mix prospective
payment system for inpatient rehabilitation facilities (freestanding
and units) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
2000, with full implementation by October 1, 2002.
Alternatives:
None.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Based on the results of implementation of other Medicare prospective
payment systems, HCFA believes that the implementation of a prospective
payment system, as the method to pay for the services furnished to
Medicare beneficiaries who are inpatients in rehabilitation facilities,
will yield significant savings to the Medicare program. However, we
have not completed our analysis so we can't be more specific about the
expected costs and benefits.
Risks:
Altering the method that we pay rehabilitation facilities for the
services they furnish to Medicare inpatients has the potential to
affect a beneficiary's access to care and the quality of care furnished
to a beneficiary. Therefore, we will be implementing methods to monitor
the effect of the prospective payment system on these two associated
patient care concerns.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
[[Page 63943]]
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Laurence Wilson
Center for Health Plans and Providers
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
C4-7-04
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850
Phone: 410 786-4603
RIN: 0938-AJ55
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
38. DME SURETY BONDS (HCFA-6006-P)
Priority:
Economically Significant
Unfunded Mandates:
Private Sector
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4312(a)
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 424.57
Legal Deadline:
NPRM, Statutory, January 1, 1998.
Abstract:
This proposed rule would implement the provision of the Balanced Budget
Act of 1997 that requires a Medicare supplier of durable medical
equipment (DME) to furnish HCFA with a surety bond.
Statement of Need:
Section 4312(a) of the BBA `97 requires all suppliers of DME to obtain
a surety bond for a minimum of $50,000. Drawing on our experience with
the surety bond requirement for home health agencies, we have made
extensive changes to an initial proposal published in the Federal
Register in January 1998. Because of these changes, we decided to
reissue this requirement as another notice of proposed rulemaking in
order to give the public opportunity to comment.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 4312(1) of the BBA '97 amended section 1834(a) of the Social
Security Act by adding a new paragraph (16). This new paragraph
requires a DME supplier to provide the Secretary, on a continuing
basis, with a surety bond of at least $50,000, as a condition of being
issued or renewing a provider number. Section 1834(a)(16), as amended
by section 4312(c) of the BBA '97, further provides that the Secretary
may, at the Secretary's discretion, impose a surety bond on some or all
providers or suppliers who furnish items or services under Medicare
Part B other than physicians or other practitioners.
We are adding to the current supplier standards set forth at 42 CFR
424.57 a stipulation that for every tax identification number for which
a supplier billing number is issued, a DME supplier must obtain a
surety bond. The surety bond must be in a form specified by the
Secretary and in an amount of $50,000.
Alternatives:
If this rule is not published, we would not implement a provision of
the BBA `97 related to surety bonds.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Estimates of the economic impact (if any) that will stem from these
rules have not yet been determined.
Risks:
This rule will potentially improve HCFA's ability to protect the
Medicare Part B Trust Fund from losses resulting from unrecovered
Medicare debts by durable medical equipment (DME) suppliers. Failure to
publish this rule would deprive HCFA of a valuable tool in screening
applications from potential DME suppliers.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
Undetermined
Agency Contact:
Charles Waldhauser
Division of Provider/Supplier Enrollment
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850
Phone: 410 786-6140
RIN: 0938-AJ64
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
39. HHA SURETY BOND (HCFA-6001-P)
Priority:
Economically Significant
Unfunded Mandates:
Private Sector
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 431ff; PL 105-33, sec 4724ff; PL 105-33, sec 1861(o)(8);
PL 105-33, sec 1861(v)(1); PL 105-33, sec 1866(b)(2); PL 105-33, sec
1891(b); PL 105-33, sec 1902(a)(10)(D); PL 105-33, sec 1903(I); PL 105-
33, sec 1905(a)(7)
CFR Citation:
42 CFR parts 413, 440, 441, 489
Legal Deadline:
NPRM, Statutory, June 15, 2000.
Abstract:
This proposed rule would amend our regulations to require an HHA surety
bond of $50,000. We would remove the 15 percent provision based on
concerns expressed by the Congress, the home health industry, surety
association representatives, and comments published in a report by the
General Accounting Office. This rule would require that HHAs obtain a
surety bond by October 1, 2000. Although the bond must be effective
January 1, 1998, we are proposing not to hold sureties liable for
excessive interim payments attributable to the implementation of the
interim payment systems made between October 1, 1997 and September 30,
2000. Other suggestions recommended by GAO were to require a single
$50,000 bond for both the Medicare and Medicaid programs and provide an
exemption of those HHAs that demonstrate fiscal responsibility.
However, these recommendations require Congressional action. The final
recommendation was to eliminate the HHA's option for substituting a
Treasury note, U.S. bond, or other Federal public debt obligation for a
surety bond. We generally agree with these recommendations except for
the elimination of substituting a Treasury note, etc., for a surety
bond.
Statement of Need:
Home Health Care (skilled nursing, therapy, and related services
provided to homebound beneficiaries) has been one of Medicare's fastest
growing benefits in recent years. Between 1990 and 1997, spending
increased from $3.7 billion to $17.8 billion, an average annual income
increase of 26 percent.
[[Page 63944]]
This growth occurred because more beneficiaries used the services and
more users received more home health care visits. Concurrent with the
rise in spending was an increase in the number of home health agencies
(HHA), which almost doubled from 1989 to 1997. Changes in practice
patterns and the need for home health care have contributed to the
greater use of this benefit, but inappropriate use and billing
practices have added to Medicare's HHA spending as well. Concern about
growth in spending, fraud and abuse, and inadequate oversight led the
Congress and the Administration to implement a number of initiatives to
better control Medicare's home health care costs. By implementing the
BBA provisions, the Congress strengthened HCFA's ability to keep
potentially problematic providers out of the Medicare program by
codifying a $50,000 surety bond requirement and establishing other
participation requirements. HCFA's use of a financial guarantee bond
for the return of overpayments regardless of their source will ensure
more scrutiny and benefits to the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The BBA `97 requires each home health agency to secure a surety bond in
order to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. This
requirement applies to all participating Medicare and Medicaid HHAs,
regardless of the date participation began.
Alternatives:
If this rule is not published, we would not implement a provision of
the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 related to fraud and abuse initiatives.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The savings to Medicare and Medicaid that could result from this rule
would be from any uncollected overpayments that could be collected from
the surety companies responsible for the bond. The other benefit of the
surety bond requirement is that it provides a deterrent to fraud and
abuse. It is unclear how many HHAs would be affected but the impact is
expected to be small. We believe that it is impossible to estimate the
savings due to this regulation.
Risks:
Failure to publish this rule could jeopardize the trust funds for
failure to collect overpayments under the Medicare and Medicaid
programs.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 01/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
None
Additional Information:
RIN 0938-AJ08 in the October 1998 Unified Agenda provides information
about rulemaking actions taken and withdrawn in 1998 concerning surety
bond requirements for home health agencies.
Agency Contact:
Ralph Goldberg
Center for Health Plans and Providers
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-4870
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0938-AJ81
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
40. NATIONAL STANDARD HEALTH CARE PROVIDER IDENTIFIER (HCFA-0045-F)
Priority:
Other Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1320d-2
CFR Citation:
45 CFR 142
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, February 21, 1998.
Abstract:
This rule addresses the health care industry's need for a standardized
provider identifier. It implements one of the requirements for
administrative simplification in section 262 of the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. A standard provider
identifier will save the health insurance industry significant costs
incurred in maintaining multiple identifier systems.
Statement of Need:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996(HIPAA)
(P.L. 104-191) creates a new part C, entitled ``Administrative
Simplification,'' to title XI of the Social Security Act. One of the
standards for health identifiers that is mandated by part C is a
standard unique health care provider identifier, to be used in the
health care system. This final regulation announces the adoption of the
National Provider Identifier (NPI) as the standard unique health care
provider identifier. It also provides information on how health care
providers will be assigned NPIs and defines the requirements of health
plans, health care providers, and health care clearinghouses with
respect to obtaining and using this standard. Implementation of the NPI
and the other Administrative Simplification standards will increase the
efficiency of the processing of standard transactions within the health
care system.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Currently, health plans assign identification numbers to their member
health care providers. Different health plans assign different numbers
to the same health care providers. The identifiers are frequently not
standard within a health plan or across health plans. This results in
health care providers having different identification numbers for
different health programs, often having multiple billing numbers issued
within a single health program. This complicates the health care
providers' claims submissions and other transactions and increases the
costs incurred by health care providers in conducting those
transactions.
The Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA were designed to
improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the health care system by
encouraging the development of a health information system through the
establishment of the standard unique health care provider identifier
and other standards and requirements to facilitate the electronic
transmission of certain health information.
Alternatives:
This final regulation announces the NPI as the standard unique health
care provider identifier. The NPI is a 10-position all numeric
identifier, with a check-digit in the tenth position. There is no
intelligence in the number. This
[[Page 63945]]
design and our assignment strategy will allow more than 200 million
NPIs to be issued. The NPI meets the principles established by the
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) for designation as a
national standard. This final regulation defines ``health care
provider'' in terms of the entities that will receive NPIs.
Health care providers will be enumerated by a Federally-directed
registry (the enumeration contractor). The enumeration contractor will
use the National Provider System (NPS) to uniquely identify a health
care provider and issue it an NPI. The NPS will be developed by HCFA.
Health care providers must supply updates to their NPS data to the
enumeration contractor within 30 days of the effective dates of the
changes.
The NPS will establish the National Provider File (NPF), which will
contain information collected from health care providers in order to
assign them NPIs. The NPS will assign a single, unique NPI to a health
care provider. Upon the dissolution of an organization health care
provider or the death of a individual health care provider, the NPS
will deactivate the NPI that had been issued to that health care
provider and will not assign a deactivated NPI to any other health care
provider. The NPS will disseminate information from the NPF to users in
accordance with the Privacy Act and the NPS System of Records.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Our analysis of the costs and savings of the HIPAA Administrative
Simplification standards is an aggregate impact of all the standards.
Assessing the impact of each standard independently would inflate the
costs and would yield inaccurate results. While each individual
standard is beneficial, the standards as a whole have a synergistic
effect on savings. A difficulty in this analysis was the fact that we
have no historical experience in assessing the costs and benefits of
such a sweeping change. The costs of implementing the standards
specified in HIPAA are primarily one-time or short-term costs related
to conversion. These costs will be incurred during the first 3 years of
implementation. Benefits will accrue almost immediately, but will not
exceed costs for health care providers until after the third year of
implementation. After the third year, the benefits will continue to
accrue into the fourth year and beyond. The impact analysis for the
costs and benefits associated with all the Administrative
Simplification standards indicates that the combined net savings for
health plans and health care providers would amount to $1.5 billion
dollars after 5 years.
Risks:
This rule will formally establish the standard for the unique health
care provider identifier and will communicate the requirements for
health plans, health care providers, and health care clearinghouses in
implementing this standard.
Failure to publish this rule would jeopardize the benefits of
administrative simplification. Payers would continue to maintain their
own system of enumerating providers, and providers would need to
maintain systems to store the different identifiers. Additional costs
would thus be incurred.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 25320 05/07/98
NPRM Comment Period End 07/06/98
Final Action 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Additional Information:
HCFA-0045-
Agency Contact:
Patricia Peyton
Office of Information Services
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
N3-20-05
Baltimore, MD 21224-1850
Phone: 410 786-1812
RIN: 0938-AH99
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
41. MEDICARE PROGRAM; MEDICARE+CHOICE PROGRAM (HCFA-1030-2-F)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, section 400; 42 USC 1395w-21 to 1395w-27
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 422
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This final rule responds to comments on the June 26, 1998 interim final
rule that implemented the Medicare+Choice (M+C) program and makes
revisions to those regulations where warranted.
Statement of Need:
Section 4001 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (Public Law 105-
33), enacted August 5, 1997, added sections 1851 through 1859 to the
Social Security Act (the Act) to establish a new Part C of the Medicare
program, known as the ``Medicare+Choice (M+C) Program.'' Under section
1851(a)(1) of the Act, every individual entitled to Medicare Part A and
enrolled under Part B, except for individuals with end-stage renal
disease, may elect to receive benefits through either the existing
Medicare fee-for-service program or Part C M+C plan, if one is
available where he or she lives. The M+C statute authorizes a variety
of private health plan options for beneficiaries, including both the
traditional managed care (such as those offered by health maintenance
organizations (HMOs)) that traditionally have been offered under
section 1876 of the Act, and new options that were not previously
authorized. Among the alternatives authorized by the BBA are M+C
coordinated care plans (including plans offered by health maintenance
organizations, preferred provider organizations, and provider-sponsored
organizations), M+C ``MSA'' plans, that is, a combination of a high
deductible M+C health insurance plan and a contribution to an M+C
medical savings account (MSA), and M+C private fee-for-service plans.
The M+C program also introduced several other fundamental changes to
the managed care component of the Medicare program. These changes
include:
Establishment of an expanded array of quality assurance standards and
other consumer protection requirements;
Introduction of an annual coordinated enrollment period, in conjunction
with the distribution by HCFA of uniform, comprehensive information
about M+C plans that is needed to promote informed choices of
beneficiaries;
Revisions in the way we calculate payment rates to M+C organizations
[[Page 63946]]
that will narrow the range of payment variation across the country and
increase incentives for organizations to offer M+C plans in diverse
geographic areas; and
Establishment of requirements concerning provider participation
procedures.
As directed by the BBA, we published an interim final rule on June 26,
1998 to implement the M+C program. On February 17, 1999, we published a
limited final rule that set forth selected changes to the interim final
regulations.
This more comprehensive final rule is necessary to respond to all
comments on the interim final rule and implement other necessary
changes. Issues discussed in this rule include eligibility, election,
and enrollment policies; marketing requirements; access requirements;
service area and benefit policy; quality improvement standards; payment
rates, risk adjustment methodology and encounter data submission;
provider participation rules; beneficiary appeals and grievances;
contractual requirements; and preemption of State law by Federal law.
This final rule also addresses comments on the M+C user fee interim
final rule published on December 2, 1997 and on the provider-sponsored
organization (PSO) interim final rule published April 1, 1998.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Sections 1851 through 1859 of the Social Security Act and the
implementing regulations at 42 CFR 422 set forth a series of
requirements for organizations that participate in the M+C program. The
specific areas addressed by the different sections of the statute are
as follows:
Section 1851--Eligibility, election and enrollment
Section 1852--Benefits and beneficiary protections
Section 1853--Payment to M+C organizations
Section 1854--Premiums
Section 1855--Organizational and financial requirements for M+C
organizations
Section 1856--Establishment of standards
Section 1857--Contracts with M+C organizations
Section 1859--Definitions and miscellaneous provisions
Part 422 establishes regulatory requirements based on these statutory
provisions.
Alternatives:
Section 1856(b)(1) of the Act provided that in order to carry out the
requirement to establish M+C standards by regulation, the Secretary was
authorized to promulgate regulations that take effect on an interim
basis, after notice and pending opportunity for public comment.
Inherent to this provision is the Department's commitment to subsequent
publication of a final rule that responds to those public comments.
Thus, we believe we have no alternative other than to publish a
comprehensive final rule concerning the M+C program standards.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
We do not anticipate that this final rule will implement any changes in
the M+C program that will have a significant economic impact on M+C
organizations or the general public. Where possible without negative
effects on the care provided to M+C enrollees, we intend to make minor
changes in the M+C regulations that would reduce the administrative
burden on M+C organizations.
Risks:
Given that the payment rates for M+C organizations are set by the
statute, and that we do not intend to impose any burdensome new
requirements on M+C organizations, we do not believe that this final
rule poses any risks of financial harm to M+C organizations of causing
pull-outs from the M+C program that could negatively affect Medicare
beneficiaries.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 34968 06/26/98
NPRM Comment Period End 09/24/98
Limited Final Ru64 FR 7968 02/17/99
Final Rule 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Tony Culotta
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-4661
RIN: 0938-AI29
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
42. MEDICARE PROGRAM; PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEM FOR HOSPITAL
OUTPATIENT SERVICES (HCFA-1005-F)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
Private Sector
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4521; PL 105-33, sec 4522; PL 105-33, sec 4523; PL 99-
509, sec 9343(c)
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 409.10; 42 CFR 410.2; 42 CFR 410.27; 42 CFR 410.28; 42 CFR
410.30; 42 CFR 411.15; 42 CFR 412.50; 42 CFR 413.118; 42 CFR 413.122;
42 CFR 413.124; 42 CFR 413.130; 42 CFR 413; 42 CFR 489.20; 42 CFR
1003.101 to 102; 42 CFR 1003.105
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, November 1, 1998.
Abstract:
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (Public Law 105-33), enacted on
August 5, 1997, provides for implementation of a Prospective Payment
System (PPS) for hospital outpatient services (and for part B services
furnished to inpatients who have no Part A coverage) furnished on or
after January 1, 1999.
In the proposed rule published on September 8, 1998, HCFA indicated
that, although the statutory effective date for the outpatient
prospective payment system is January 1, 1999, implementation of the
system would be delayed because of year 2000 systems concerns. Demands
on intermediary bill-processing systems and HCFA internal systems to
become compliant for the year 2000 precluded making the major systems
changes that are required to implement the prospective payment system.
[[Page 63947]]
This system will also apply to partial hospitalization services
furnished by community mental health centers. The BBA also requires a
new method for calculating beneficiary copayments for the hospital
outpatient services included under the PPS. The PPS will consist of
about 340 groups of services, called ``Ambulatory Payment
Classifications'' or APCs, that are related clinically and in terms of
their resource use. We will assign a group weight to each group, based
on the median cost (operating and capital) of the services included in
the group. We will convert the weights for each group to payment rates
using a national conversion factor, taking into account group weights
and the projected volume of services for each group. In addition, this
rule would establish in regulations the requirements for designating
certain entities as provider-based or as a department of a hospital.
Statement of Need:
As the Medicare statute was originally enacted, Medicare payment for
hospital services (inpatient and outpatient) was based on hospital-
specific reasonable costs attributable to serving Medicare
beneficiaries. The law was later amended to limit payment to the lesser
of a hospital's reasonable costs or to its customary charges. In 1983,
section 601 of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Public Law 98-
21) completely revised the cost-based payment system for most hospital
inpatient services by enacting section 1886(d) of the Social Security
Act (the Act). This section provided for a PPS for acute inpatient
hospital stays, effective with hospital cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 1983.
Although payment for most inpatient services became subject to PPS,
hospital outpatient services continue to be paid based on hospital-
specific costs which provided little incentive for hospital efficiency
for outpatient services. At the same time, advances in medical
technology and changes in practice patterns were bringing about a shift
in the site of medical care from the inpatient to the outpatient
setting. During the 1980's, the Congress took steps to control the
escalating costs of providing outpatient care. The Congress amended the
statute to implement across-the-board reductions of 5.8 percent and 10
percent to the amounts otherwise payable for hospital operating costs
and capital costs, respectively, and legislated a number of different
payment methods for specific types of hospital outpatient services.
These methods included fee schedules for clinical diagnostic laboratory
tests, orthotics, prosthetics, and durable medical equipment (DME);
composite rate payment for dialysis for persons with end-stage renal
disease; and payments based on blends of hospital costs in the rates
paid in other ambulatory settings, such as separately certified
ambulatory surgical centers (ASCs) or physician offices for certain
surgery, radiology, and other diagnostic procedures. Nevertheless,
Medicare payment for services performed in the hospital outpatient
setting remains largely cost-based.
Summary of Legal Basis:
In section 9343 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (OBRA
1986) (Public Law 99-509) and in section 4151(b)(2) of the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-508), the Congress
required the Secretary to develop a proposal to replace the current
hospital outpatient payment system with a PPS and to submit a report to
Congress on the system. In section 9343 of OBRA 1986, the Congress
paved the way for development of a PPS by requiring hospitals to report
claims for services under the HCFA Common Procedure Coding System
(HCPCS), and by extending the prohibition against unbundling of
hospital services under section 1862(a)(14) of the Social Security Act
(the Act) to include outpatient services as well as inpatient services.
HCPCS coding enabled us to determine what specific procedures and
services were being billed, while the extension of the prohibition
against unbundling ensured that all non-practitioner services provided
to hospital outpatients would be billed only by the hospital not by an
outside supplier, and therefore, would be reported on hospital bills
and captured in the hospital outpatient data used in developing an
outpatient PPS.
The Secretary submitted a report to Congress on March 17, 1995. The
report summarized the research HCFA conducted in searching for a way to
classify outpatient services for purposes of developing an outpatient
PPS. The report cited Ambulatory Patient Groups (APGs), developed by
3M-Health Information Systems under a cooperative grant with HCFA, as
the most promising classification system for grouping outpatient
services and recommended that the APG-like groups be used in designing
a hospital outpatient PPS.
The report also presented a number of options that could be used, once
the PPS was in place, for addressing the issue of rapidly growing
beneficiary copayment. As a separate issue we recommended that the
Congress amend the provisions of the law pertaining to the blended
payment methods for ASC surgery, radiology, and other diagnostic
services to correct an anomaly that resulted in a less than full
recognition of the amount paid by the beneficiary in calculating
program payment (referred to as the formula-driven overpayment).
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (Public Law 105-33), enacted on
August 5, 1997, contains a number of provisions that affect Medicare
payment for hospital outpatient services. The purpose of this rule is
to implement sections 4521, 4522, and 4523 of the BBA. Section 4521 of
the BBA eliminates the formula-driven overpayment, effective for
services furnished on or after October 1, 1997. Section 4522 extends
the current cost reduction of 5.8% and 10% (applicable to hospital
outpatient operating cost and hospital capital costs, respectively)
through December 31, 1999. Section 4523 provides for implementation of
a PPS for hospital outpatient services (and for part B services
furnished to inpatients who have no part A coverage) furnished on or
after January 1, 1999. This system will also apply to partial
hospitalization services furnished by community mental health centers.
Section 4523 also requires a new method for calculating beneficiary
copayments for the hospital outpatient services included under the PPS.
This rule would also implement section 9343(c) of the Omnibus
Reconciliation Act of 1986, which prohibits Medicare payment for non-
physician services furnished to a hospital outpatient by a provider or
supplier other than a hospital, unless the services are furnished under
an arrangement with a hospital. This section also authorizes HHS's
Office of Inspector General to impose a civil money penalty against any
individual or entity who knowingly or willfully presents a bill for
non-physician or other bundled services not provided directly or under
such an arrangement.
The Secretary has the authority under the BBA to determine which
services are included (with the exception of ambulance services and
physical, occupational, and speech therapies, for which fee schedules
are being separately created). We will continue to pay for laboratory
services and for orthotics and prosthetics on their prospective fee
schedules, and for
[[Page 63948]]
chronic dialysis using the composite rate.
Alternatives:
If this final rule were not published, we would not implement the
Balanced Budget Act of 1997 provision mandating a prospective payment
system for hospital outpatient services. In addition, there would be no
relief for beneficiaries from the large coinsurance burdens that they
have been bearing for outpatient services.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The primary benefit of this rule is the elimination of a cost-based
system, which provides little incentive for hospital efficiency for
outpatient services. In addition, the regulation will provide
considerable relief over time to beneficiaries from high coinsurance
payments under the current system. Finally, the rules governing
provider-based status will alleviate an important area of program
abuse.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 47551 09/08/98
Correction Notic64 FR 35258 06/30/99
NPRM Comment Period End 07/30/99
Final Action 02/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Additional Information:
The April 1999 Unified Agenda erroneously reported this RIN as a
completed action.
Agency Contact:
Janet Wellham
Center for Health Plans and Providers
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-4510
RIN: 0938-AI56
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
43. SECURITY AND ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE STANDARDS (HCFA-0049-F)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-191; 42 USC 1320d-2
CFR Citation:
45 CFR 162
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, February 21, 1998.
Abstract:
This rule implements some of the requirements of the Administrative
Simplification subtitle of the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996. It establishes standards for the security
of health information and electronic signature use by health plans,
health care clearing houses, and health care providers. These entities
would use the security standard to develop and maintain the security of
all electronic health information pertaining to an individual. The
electronic signature standard is applicable only with respect to use
with the specific transactions defined in the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
Statement of Need:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
requires the Secretary of Health and Human Services to adopt security
standards that require reasonable and appropriate administrative,
technical and physical safeguards to (1) ensure the integrity and
confidentiality of health information, (2) protect against any
reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity
of the information and protect against unauthorized uses or disclosures
of the information.. Further, the Secretary, in coordination with the
Secretary of Commerce, is to adopt standards specifying procedures for
the electronic transmission and authentication of signatures with
respect to certain transactions specified in HIPAA. This rule
stipulates the requirements necessary to comply with the law.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA require the
Secretary to establish standards for the security of health information
and electronic signature use by health plans, health care clearing
houses, and health care providers.
Alternatives:
In the absence of federal regulations, the security of health care
information in electronic form would be left to the private sector to
develop. It is believed that this course of action would result in an
extremely uneven level of protection (ranging from none to excessive)
for electronic health information pertaining to individuals and make it
difficult, if not impossible, to provide for privacy of this
information.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
As the effect of any one of the HIPAA standards is affected by the
implementation of other standards, it is misleading to discuss the
impact of one standard by itself. Therefore, an Impact Analysis on the
total effect of all the standards was published in the proposed rule
concerning the national provider identifier (HCFA-0045-P) which was
published on May 7, 1998 (63 FR 25320). Security protection for health
care information is not a ``stand alone'' type requirement. Appropriate
security protections will be a business enabler, encouraging the growth
and use of electronic data interchange. The synergistic effect of the
employment of the recommended security practices, procedures and
technologies will enhance all aspects of HIPAA's Administrative
Simplification requirements.
Risks:
The storage, handling and transmission of health information has long
been a paper process. However, the transition from paper to electronic
media has begun and is increasing at a rapid pace. This transition has
brought on a significantly increased risk to the security and
confidentiality of health information, particularly for information
pertaining to individuals. This rule formally establishes a baseline
set of requirements for security that must be adopted by health care
providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses. Compliance with
these requirements will greatly decrease risk to the security,
integrity and confidentiality of health information pertaining to
individuals.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 43242 08/12/98
Final Action 05/00/00
[[Page 63949]]
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local, Tribal, Federal
Agency Contact:
Barbara Clark
Office of Information Services
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
N2-14-10
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850
Phone: 410 786-3017
RIN: 0938-AI57
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
44. HEALTH INSURANCE REFORM: STANDARDS FOR ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS
(HCFA-0149-F)
Priority:
Other Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1320d-2
CFR Citation:
45 CFR 162
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, February 21, 1998.
Abstract:
The rule puts in place code-set standards and standards for eight
electronic transactions to be used by health plans, certain health care
providers, and health care clearing houses. It would implement
requirements for administrative simplification in section 262 of the
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The
standards will significantly reduce costs for processing health care
transactions.
Statement of Need:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996,
subtitle F of title II added to title XI of the Social Security Act a
new part C, entitled ``Administrative Simplification.'' The purpose of
this part is to improve the Medicare program under title XVIII of the
Social Security Act and the Medicaid program under title XIX of the
Act, and the efficiency and effectiveness of the health care system, by
encouraging the development of a health information system through the
establishment of standards and requirements for the electronic
transmission of certain health information. This regulation implements
the requirements for standard transactions and code sets.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Part C of title XI consists of sections 1171 through 1179 of the Act.
These sections define various terms and impose several requirements on
HHS, health plans, health care clearinghouses, and certain health care
providers.
As established by Part C of title XI, section 1173 of the Act requires
the Secretary to adopt standards for financial and administrative
transactions, and data elements for those transactions, to enable
health information to be exchanged electronically. Section 1173 of the
Act requires the Secretary to establish standards for code sets for
each data element for each health care transaction. The Secretary must
also ensure that procedures exist for the routine maintenance, testing,
enhancement and expansion of code sets. In order to codify this
authority, we have proposed implementing regulations at 45 CFR 162.
Alternatives:
Alternatives to naming standards would be to leave the marketplace to
determine the standards. Up to now, this has not been successful. There
has been a steady increase in use of electronic data interchange in the
health care market since 1993, and it is predicted there will be
continued growth, even without national standards. However, the upward
trend in electronic health care transactions will be enhanced by having
national standards in place. Because national standards are not in
place today, there continues to be a proliferation of proprietary
formats in the health care industry. Proprietary formats are those that
are unique to an individual business. Due to proprietary formats,
business partners that wish to exchange information electronically must
agree on which formats to use. Since most health care providers do
business with a number of plans, they must produce electronic
transactions in many different formats.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The economic impact that will stem from this rule will result in an
estimated net savings to health plans and health care providers of $1.5
billion during the first five years; use of the standards would
continue to save the industry money.
Risks:
This regulation will standardize a set of administrative transactions
in the health care industry. Not publishing this rule would see the
continuing of the myriad of formats of these transactions and eliminate
the anticipated $1.5 billion in savings due to simplification efforts.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 25277 05/07/98
NPRM Comment Period End 07/06/98
Final Action 01/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Joy Glass
Office of Information Systems
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
N2-14-26
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850
Phone: 410 786-6125
RIN: 0938-AI58
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
45. NATIONAL STANDARD EMPLOYER IDENTIFIER (HCFA-0047-F)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
PL 104-191; 42 USC 1320d-2
CFR Citation:
45 CFR 162
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, February 21, 1998.
Abstract:
This rule institutes the employer identification number (EIN) as the
standard for identifying employers for
[[Page 63950]]
purposes of administrative simplification, as required by the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). Use of
one standard in the health care industry will reduce the cost of
identifying employers in electronic health care transactions.
Statement of Need:
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (P.L.
104-191) includes Subtitle F--Administrative Simplification, whose
purpose is to improve the Medicare and Medicaid programs under the
Social Security Act, and the efficiency and effectiveness of the health
care system, by the establishment of standards and requirements for the
electronic transmission of certain health information. This regulation
establishes the standard for a unique employer identifier, as required
by the Administrative Simplification provisions of P.L. 104-191.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA require the
Secretary of HHS to adopt a standard unique health identifier for each
employer for use in the health care system and to specify the purposes
for which a unique health identifier may be used.
Alternatives:
HHS examined several existing identifiers that might be adopted for the
standard. In keeping with the requirements of HIPAA, because no
standard setting organization had developed, adopted, or modified a
standard for an employer identifier, HHS consulted with the National
Uniform Billing Committee, the National Uniform Claim Committee, the
Workgroup for Electronic Data Interchange and the American Dental
Association in selecting this standard. HHS also relied on the
recommendations of the National Committee on Vital and Health
Statistics.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
As the effect of any one standard is affected by the implementation of
other standards, it can be misleading to discuss the impact of one
standard by itself. Therefore HHS did an impact analysis showing total
costs and savings of all the HIPAA standards in the proposed rule
concerning the national provider identifier (HCFA-0045-P), which can be
found at 63 FR 25320. HHS determined that the requirements concerning
the employer identifier would have a one time impact on those
providers, clearinghouses, and health plans that have to convert to use
the EIN, and on those employers that would have to disclose the EIN to
covered entities.
Risks:
Failure to publish this rule would mean that no standard employer
identifier would be established for use in the health care system. Lack
of a standard employer identifier would decrease the savings in health
care costs to be realized from administrative simplification.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 32784 06/16/98
NPRM Comment Period End 08/17/98
Final Action 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses
Government Levels Affected:
State
Agency Contact:
Mary Emerson
Office of Information Services
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
N2-12-22
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-7065
Email: [email protected]
RIN: 0938-AI59
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
46. MEDICAID MANAGED CARE; REGULATORY PROGRAM TO IMPLEMENT CERTAIN
MEDICAID PROVISIONS OF THE BALANCED BUDGET ACT OF 1997 (HCFA-2001-P)
Priority:
Other Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Unfunded Mandates:
State, Local or Tribal Governments
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4701 to 4710
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 438; 42 CFR 430; 42 CFR 431; 42 CFR 434; 42 CFR 435; 42 CFR 438;
42 CFR 440; 42 CFR 447
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rulemaking establishes rules for Medicaid managed care programs
which involve quality of care and services under Medicaid managed care
programs. It implements certain provisions in sections 4701 through
4710 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (PL 105-33).
Statement of Need:
The BBA significantly modifies Medicaid managed care programs by
providing a new State plan amendment vehicle for States to furnish
managed health care to beneficiaries, enhanced enrollee protections,
and an emphasis on the quality of health care delivered to Medicaid
enrollees.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 1903(m) of the Social Security Act and implementing regulations
at 42 CFR part 434 contain a number of requirements related to Medicaid
managed care contracts. Among other things, the requirements relate to
contract provisions involving enrollment and disenrollment in a
Medicaid managed care organization (MCO), marketing, choice of health
professionals within an MCO, quality assurance systems, grievance
procedures, and plan solvency. Statutory amendments made by sections
4701 through 4710 of the BBA modify those requirements.
To control cost while enhancing quality of care, States are
increasingly delivering services to their Medicaid populations through
Medicaid managed care organizations (MCOs) and other managed care
arrangements. These arrangements vary according to the
comprehensiveness of the services they provide and the degree to which
they accept risk. Fully capitated plans contract on a risk basis to
provide beneficiaries with a comprehensive set of covered services in
return for a monthly capitation payment. In general, partially
capitated plans provide a less than comprehensive set of services on a
risk basis; services not included in the contract are reimbursed on a
fee-for-service basis. In addition, some States implement a primary
care case management (PCCM) system in which a Medicaid beneficiary
selects or is
[[Page 63951]]
assigned to a single primary care provider that provides or arranges
for all covered services and is reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis.
Under each of these managed care arrangements, beneficiaries have a
regular source of coordinated care and States have predictable,
controlled spending per beneficiary.
The BBA creates a new section of the Social Security Act relating to
managed care arrangements. The new section 1932 establishes increased
enrollee protections, quality assessment and performance improvement
strategies for States, and enrollee rights and responsibilities.
Alternatives:
If this rule is not published, we would not implement many of the
provisions in the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 related to Medicaid
managed care.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Estimates of the economic impact (if any) that will stem from these
rules have not yet been completed.
Risks:
This rule will potentially improve the quality of health care provided
to Medicaid managed care enrollees and provide States with new tools to
become more effective purchasers of health care services. Failure to
publish this rule would jeopardize broad-based improvement in the
quality of care our beneficiaries receive and would deprive States of
many tools that would improve their managed care programs.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 63 FR 52021 09/29/98
NPRM Comment Period End 11/30/98
Final Action 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Organizations, Governmental Jurisdictions
Government Levels Affected:
Federal, Tribal, State, Local
Agency Contact:
Michael Fiore
Center for Medicaid and State Operations
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-0623
RIN: 0938-AI70
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
47. HOME HEALTH PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEM (HCFA-1059-P)
Priority:
Other Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
PL 105-33, sec 4603
CFR Citation:
42 CFR ch IV
Legal Deadline:
NPRM, Statutory, October 1, 2000.
Abstract:
This final rule will establish requirements for the new prospective
payment system (PPS) for home health agencies as governed by section
4603 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (PL 105-33).
Statement of Need:
The BBA significantly changed the way we pay for Medicare home health
services. It requires the establishment of a facility-specific PPS and
provides for interim steps until the PPS is established. Under the
interim system HHAs will receive payment in accordance with section
4602 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997. The interim payment system
establishes two sets of cost limits for home health agencies. The long-
standing home health per visit cost limits are reduced from 112 percent
of the mean labor-related and non-labor per visit costs for
freestanding agencies to 105 percent of the median. In addition, home
health agency costs will be subject to an aggregate per-beneficiary
cost limitation. For those providers with a cost report ending in
Federal fiscal year 1994, the per-beneficiary cost limitation is based
on a blend of costs (75 percent on 98 percent of the agency-specific
costs and 25 percent on 98 percent of the standardized regional average
of the costs for the agency's census region). For new providers and
those providers without a 12-month cost reporting period ending in
fiscal year 1994, the per-beneficiary limitation will be the national
median of the per-beneficiary limits for HHAs. Under the interim
system, HHAs will be paid the lesser of 1) actual costs; 2) the per-
visit limits; 3) the per-beneficiary limits. The result of the interim
system will be to create a strong incentive for HHAs to reduce
utilization to at least 1994 levels to fall within the aggregate cost
limit. The interim payment system was effective 10/1/97 and will be in
effect until prospective payment for home health agencies is
implemented.
Section 4603 of the BBA establishes section 1895 of the Social Security
Act, which specifies the authority for the development of a prospective
payment system for home health services effective 10/1/99, which will
ultimately be based on units of payment, most likely episodes of care.
In developing the PPS, the Secretary will consider an appropriate unit
of service, the number of visits provided within the unit, and their
cost. Payment for a unit of home health service will be modified by a
case mix adjustor, set by the Secretary, to explain a significant
amount of the variation in the cost of different units of service. The
HHA would have the potential of profit or loss on each individual
patient. Over many patients, the HHA would presumably make or lose
money based on its ability to provide needed care effectively and
efficiently.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act requires the limits
that comprise the interim system. Under this authority, HCFA has
maintained limitations on home health agency per-visit costs since
1975. Additional statutory provisions specifically governing
limitations applicable to home health agencies are contained at section
1861(v)(1)(L) of the Social Security Act. These limits will be replaced
by the establishment of a prospective payment system as defined in
section 4603 of the BBA that requires the Secretary to establish and
implement the prospective payment system for home health services.
Alternatives:
Section 4603 of the BBA specifies the authority for the development of
a prospective payment system for home health services effective 10/1/
99. However, there is contingency language for the home health
prospective payment system provided in BBA. If the Secretary for any
reason does not establish and implement the
[[Page 63952]]
prospective payment system for home health services, the Secretary
shall provide for a reduction by 15 percent of the per-visit cost
limits and per-beneficiary limits, as those limits would otherwise be
in effect on September 30, 2000.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The Congress anticipates that the implementation of a PPS for home
health services will achieve the combined benefits of establishing a
system which will enable HCFA to find the provision of medically
necessary HHA care to beneficiaries consistent with the HHA's own case
mix and will also prevent the development of further unsustainable
growth in HHA costs. The combined effects of the ``interim'' and final
systems are required to achieve this result.
Risks:
The statutory contingency for reducing cost caps under the interim
system by 15 percent, if the PPS is not timely implemented, is not the
preferred method for achieving the desired savings because the interim
system does not adjust fully for case mix, as the PPS is required to
do. Therefore, the longer the delay in implementation of the PPS, the
greater the potential disparity between the case mix of an individual
HHA and its payments.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 58133 11/03/99
Final Action 03/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Undetermined
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Robert Wardwell
Center for Health Plans and Providers
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
7500 Security Boulevard
Baltimore, MD 21244
Phone: 410 786-3254
RIN: 0938-AJ24
_______________________________________________________________________
HHS--HCFA
48. THE CHILDREN'S HEALTH INSURANCE PROGRAM: IMPLEMENTING THE
BALANCED BUDGET ACT OF 1997 (HCFA-2006-P)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1396; PL 105-33
CFR Citation:
42 CFR 457
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rulemaking establishes rules for the new Children's Health
Insurance Program (CHIP). It implements sections 4901 and 4911 of the
Balanced Budget Act (BBA) of 1997.
Statement of Need:
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (PL 105-33) creates a new title XXI of
the Social Security Act to establish a Children's Health Insurance
Program that supplements the Medicaid program and enables States to
create a new and unique health delivery system for low-income children.
This regulation will codify a series of policy guidance that has been
released to the States and other interested parties over the past two
years.
Summary of Legal Basis:
As established by section 4901 of the BBA, the new title XXI of the
Social Security Act authorizes $41 billion over the next 10 years for
States to create separate Children's Health Insurance Programs to
provide health care coverage to targeted low-income children.
In order to receive reimbursement through an enhanced matching rate,
States have three options in developing programs. They may expand
existing Medicaid programs, create unique and separate children's
health programs, or establish a combination of the two options. Within
certain parameters set by the statute, States have flexibility to
determine eligibility levels, develop benefit packages, and impose
cost-sharing requirements. The statute also includes provisions for
meeting strategic objectives, evaluation and data collection. In order
to codify this authority, we have proposed implementing regulations at
42 CFR part 457.
Alternatives:
Federal payments under title XXI are based on State expenditures under
approved plans that could be effective on or after October 1, 1997. The
short time frame between the enactment of the BBA on August 5, 1997 and
the availability of funding for States and territories required the
Department to begin reviewing CHIP plans at the same time as it was
issuing policy guidance to States on how to operate the CHIP program.
The Department worked closely with States to disseminate as much
information as possible, as quickly as possible, so States could begin
to implement their new programs expeditiously. As a result, 54 States
and territories have approved CHIP plans. Therefore, CHIP is now in
operation prior to the completion of regulations.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
Estimates of the economic impact that will stem from this rule will be
made available.
Risks:
This rule will formally establish the Department's policies and
requirements related to the implementation of this program. It will
provide States with needed information and also give them and other
interested parties the opportunity to comment on the feasibility of
implementing these policies. Failure to publish this rule would
jeopardize our relationships with the States, advocates and providers
because it would deprive them of many tools needed for establishing
concrete programs.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 60881 11/08/99
Final Rule 06/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
Organizations
Government Levels Affected:
State, Local
[[Page 63953]]
Agency Contact:
Cheryl Austein-Casnoff
Department of Health and Human Services
Health Care Financing Administration
200 Independence Avenue SW.
Washington, DC 20201
Phone: 410 786-4196
RIN: 0938-AJ75
BILLING CODE 4150-04-F
[[Page 63954]]
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (HUD)
Statement of Regulatory Priorities
The Regulatory Plan of the Department of Housing and Urban Development
for Fiscal Year 2000 highlights priority regulations and policy
initiatives directed towards the achievement of HUD's traditional goals
of increasing the supply of affordable housing, ensuring equal
opportunity for housing, promoting jobs and economic development, as
well as its more recent goal of restoring the public's trust in HUD.
These goals are embodied in HUD's mission and its strategic goals for
Fiscal Year 2000.
HUD approaches the new fiscal year with a renewed sense of commitment
to its mission and goals, and greater accountability for its
performance. HUD 2020 Management Reform was designed in 1997 with the
objective of improving the overall administration of HUD's programs to
enhance the delivery of HUD's services to local communities. HUD has
made significant progress in achieving its reforms through the
Department, as evidenced by the following.
In a July 15, 1999 report issued by an independent organization, the
National Academy of Public Administration (NAPA), HUD was cited as
making major progress in improving its management performance and its
planning to achieve the Department's strategic goals. In May 1999, HUD
received its first clean audit in HUD history. HUD's Fiscal Year 1999
budget was the Department's best budget in a decade. In HUD's FY 1999
appropriations act, HUD received new Section 8 rental assistance
vouchers for 90,000 low- and moderate-income families, and the
appropriations also included landmark reforms for public and assisted
housing. The increased budget for FY 1999, the clean audit, and the
recognition of HUD's progress in management reform reflect a HUD that
has been revitalized, has demonstrated significant progress in becoming
a performance-oriented organization, and is restoring a reputation for
credibility and competence. The improvements within HUD translate into
improvements for HUD's constituents, such as better delivery of
services and stronger partnerships with HUD's public and private
partners.
The improvements within HUD also translate into improved regulations
and policy initiatives. Consistent with President Clinton's Executive
order on Regulatory Planning and Review (E.O. 12866), HUD's approach to
regulations is to refrain, as permitted by law, from top-down
directives, and over-regulation. HUD's general approach is to establish
the necessary legal parameters and guidance, include the appropriate
oversight, and provide as much flexibility as possible for program
implementation at the local level given local concerns and needs.
However, where strong action is needed to ensure that HUD programs are
serving the people they are intended to serve, HUD has taken such
action, restoring public trust.
Several priority regulations and policy initiatives implemented in
Fiscal Year 1999 highlight these approaches to rulemaking.
HUD's Mark-to-Market Program, implemented by a rule which became
effective on October 13, 1998, is already assisting State and local
housing agencies to maintain affordable housing stock throughout the
nation. The program, which gets its name because rents permitted by HUD
in privately owned subsidized housing are marked down to the
competitive rent level prevailing in an area's rental housing, is
designed to enable HUD and its State and local partners to more
effectively use Federal subsidies to preserve the maximum amount of
affordable housing under the project-based Section 8 program.
The first comprehensive physical inspections of public housing, which
got underway in Fiscal Year 1999, following implementation of the final
rule on HUD's new Public Housing Assessment System (PHAS), rated 87
percent of the inspected housing good or excellent. The implementation
of the PHAS marks the first time in HUD's history that all public
housing properties will be physically inspected, as well as financially
assessed using comprehensive and consistent assessment protocols. A
Request for Proposals (RFP) issued by HUD on May 3, 1999, challenged
public housing agencies (PHAs) to improve administration of the
project-based Section 8 program by forming partnerships with private
firms and nonprofit organizations experienced in property management
and accounting. The RFP solicited proposals from PHAs to administer
more than 20,000 project-based Section 8 contracts currently
administered by HUD. The intended partnerships promoted by the RFP are
expected to effectively enforce owner obligations to provide decent
housing to residents by adding private sector expertise to a PHA's
administration of the contract.
HUD's Homebuyer Protection Initiative, announced in June 1999, is
designed to protect consumers from buying HUD-insured homes with
undetected defects. The initiative includes a consumer education
campaign about appraisals and inspections conducted by HUD, calls for
mandatory testing of all appraisers to determine qualifications to
perform appraisals for HUD, requires more thorough and reliable
appraisals for HUD-insured homes including mandatory disclosure of
detected home defects, automated evaluation of appraisals, and stricter
enforcement actions to suspend poorly performing appraisers.
HUD's Consumer Protection Measures for elderly homeowners participating
in HUD's Home Equity Conversion Mortgage (HECM) Insurance Program, was
implemented by final rule issued on January 19, 1999. The rule is
directed to protecting elderly homeowners from becoming liable for
payment of excessive fees for third party provided services that are of
little or no value to the homeowner. The rulemaking was prompted by
concerns that some estate planning entities were charging what HUD
considered exorbitant fees to elderly homeowners in transactions
related to HECMs.
HUD's new policy statement on RESPA -- the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act -- is designed to save Americans millions of dollars a
year by protecting them from excessive mortgage broker fees and by
encouraging improved disclosure of mortgage broker fees and services.
The statement, issued March 1, 1999, clarifies HUD's long-standing
position dealing with fees paid to mortgage brokers, which is that the
compensation a broker receives from a lender and from a borrower must
be reasonable for the actual work performed. The fee disclosure called
for in the policy statement is designed to make it easier for millions
of homebuyers and families refinancing their mortgages to comparison
shop for a home loan and save money on the fees they pay mortgage
brokers to find and originate home loans.
HUD's Native American Housing Initiative, implemented in March 1999,
will enable tribal governments to create non-profit groups that can
apply for a share of more than $1 billion in annual assistance under
several major HUD programs. Because only local governments and non-
profit groups are
[[Page 63955]]
eligible for funding under these programs, tribal governments have been
unable to benefit from the programs, even though Indian reservations
have high poverty and unemployment rates, as well as great housing
needs. Under the initiative, the non-profit groups created by tribal
governments will be eligible to apply for several funding sources to
assist tribal governments in meeting their housing and community needs.
HUD's Officer Next Door Program (issued by interim rule on July 2,
1999) is designed to help revitalize economically distressed areas,
make communities safer and promote strong police-community ties. The
program offers law enforcement officers a 50 percent discount on homes
that were previously insured through the Federal Housing Administration
and were then foreclosed when owners failed to make mortgage payments.
The savings under the program provided to officers presents a
significant incentive to move into neighborhoods in need of
revitalization. The program builds on the success of community policing
by turning the neighborhood officer into the good neighbor next door.
In addition to these priority regulatory initiatives, Fiscal Year 1999
saw considerable headway made by HUD in implementing the program
reforms called for by the Quality Housing and Work Responsibility Act
of 1998, enacted on October 21, 1998 (commonly referred to as the
``Public Housing Reform Act''). The Public Housing Reform Act
constitutes a substantial overhaul of HUD's public housing programs and
also institutes important reforms in HUD's Section 8 assistance
programs. The statute enacts into law many of the reforms proposed by
Secretary Cuomo in his HUD 2020 Management Reform Plan for HUD's public
housing and Section 8 programs. The Public Housing Reform Act is
designed to transform public housing into a setting that encourages and
rewards work, brings more working families into public housing,
increases the availability of subsidized housing for very poor
families, deconcentrates poverty, removes barriers that isolate low
income residents, provides for the demolition of the largest failed
public housing projects, and replaces these projects with new townhouse
style developments through the HOPE VI program.
The Public Housing Reform Act requires that many of its mandated
reforms be implemented by rulemaking, including three negotiated
rulemaking proceedings. Issuance of regulations to implement these
reforms began early in Fiscal Year 1999, and HUD is well underway to
completing the rulemakings required by the statute.
On February 18, 1999, HUD issued its interim rule on the Public Housing
Agency (PHA) Plans. The two PHA plans -- the 5-year Plan and the Annual
Plan -- allow the PHA to describe its mission and long range goals and
objectives and provide details about the PHA's immediate operations,
programs and services, and the PHA's strategy for handling operational
concerns and resident concerns and needs.
On May 14, 1999, HUD issued its interim rule to provide for the
complete merger of the Section 8 tenant-based certificate and voucher
programs into a new Housing Choice Voucher Program. This single market-
driven program will assist in making Section 8 tenant-based rental
assistance more successful at helping low-income families obtain
affordable housing and will increase housing choice for low-income
families.
Proposed rules already issued by HUD under the Public Housing Reform
Act include rules pertaining to: Changes in admission and occupancy
requirements for public and assisted housing; one-strike screening and
eviction for drug abuse and other criminal activity in public and
assisted housing; changes to the PHAS; Public Housing Drug Elimination
Program formula allocation; required resident membership on the board
of directors of a PHA or similar governing body; pet ownership in
public housing; required conversion of developments from public housing
stock; voluntary conversion of developments from public housing stock;
Section 8 homeownership; public housing homeownership; and public
housing agency consortia and joint ventures. HUD's objective is to
complete the rulemakings on these subjects as close as possible to the
beginning of the new fiscal year. HUD recognizes the importance of
these changes, long sought by HUD and by its program partners, being
implemented as quickly as possible.
For Fiscal Year 2000, HUD's regulatory plan reflects a continuation of
the priority regulations and policy initiatives implemented in Fiscal
Year 1999. Where rulemaking is required, it is HUD's intent that
regulations be used to strengthen protections of those most vulnerable
and in need of protection (the elderly, persons with disabilities and
other protected classes), to empower communities by increasing their
responsibility to design and implement strategies to address housing
and community needs, and to increase the supply of affordable housing.
HUD's Regulatory Plan for Fiscal Year 2000 focuses on HUD's mission and
strategic goals.
The Departmental Mission: Promote adequate and affordable housing,
economic opportunity, and a suitable living environment free from
discrimination.
To accomplish this mission, the Secretary has directed HUD to focus on
the following strategic goals that are designed to reflect the core
business of HUD:
1. Increase the availability of decent, safe, and affordable housing in
American communities;
2. Ensure equal opportunity in housing for all Americans;
3. Promote self-sufficiency and asset development of families and
individuals;
4. Improve community quality of life and economic vitality;
5. Restore public trust.
HUD's regulatory priorities for Fiscal Year 2000 include all of the
rulemakings required by the Public Housing Reform Act. In addition to
these priorities, HUD highlights certain of the Public Housing Reform
Act rules and other priority rules in its Plan description that
follows. The regulatory priorities set forth in HUD's Regulatory Plan
for Fiscal Year 2000, and all the regulations set forth in HUD's
Semiannual Regulatory Agenda, are designed to implement HUD's mission
and address the strategic goals.
Regulatory Priorities
Regulatory Action: Capital Fund Allocation, Operating Fund Allocation,
and Section 8 Housing Certificate Fund Allocation
These three rules, being developed through three separate negotiated
rulemaking processes, will provide formula allocation for public
housing agencies' capital needs, their operating needs, and their
Section 8 tenant-based contract renewal needs. These three rules
address the basic funding needs of public housing agencies. By
developing these three significant funding rules through the negotiated
rulemaking process, public housing agencies, public housing residents,
and other affected and interested parties have a say in how to meet
their future local needs, and how the funding should be allocated among
the public housing agencies, given their needs.
[Furthers Strategic Goals 1 and 4]
[[Page 63956]]
Regulatory Action: Uniform Physical Condition Standards and Physical
Inspection Requirements for Certain HUD Housing; Administrative Process
for Assessment of Insured and Assisted Properties
This rule will establish for certain multifamily housing an
administrative process by which (1) HUD will notify owners of HUD's
assessment of the physical condition of their multifamily housing; (2)
owners of multifamily housing will be provided an opportunity to seek
technical review of HUD's physical condition assessment of their
housing; and (3) HUD will notify owners of action to be taken where the
housing is found not to be in compliance with HUD's uniform physical
condition standards.
[Furthers Strategic Goals 1 and 5]
Regulatory Action: Resident Opportunities and Supportive Services
Program
This rule would provide for more active involvement by public housing
residents in their community and geographical area by linking public
housing residents to supportive services and resident empowerment
activities, and establishing methods for assisting residents in
becoming economically self-sufficient. This rule is important in
reducing the isolation of low-income residents by promoting their
involvement in key areas that affect their lives -- their housing and
their communities. The rule is also important in promoting economic
empowerment of public housing residents.
[Furthers Strategic Goals 3 and 4]
Regulatory Action: HOPE VI Program
This rule will establish the legal parameters and guidance that will
govern funding and eligible activities of HUD's HOPE VI Program, but
under President Clinton's and HUD's regulatory principles allow HOPE VI
grantees to develop, within those parameters, their own strategies to
address public housing that is in severe distress. Consistent with new
statutory requirements, the rule includes as an eligible activity
appropriate homeownership downpayment assistance for displaced
residents or other appropriate replacement homeownership activities.
[Furthers Strategic Goals 1, 3 and 4]
Regulatory Action: The Secretary of HUD's Regulation of Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac (Government Sponsored Entities)
Through this rule, HUD will issue new housing goal levels for the
purchase of mortgages by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively, the
Government Sponsored Entities, or GSEs) for calendar years 2000 through
2003. The new goals will provide strong incentives for the two
enterprises to more fully address the housing finance needs for very
low-, low- and moderate-income families and residents of underserved
areas and, therefore, to more fully realize their public purposes.
[Furthers Strategic Goals 2 and 3]
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--Office of the Secretary (HUDSEC)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
49. SECRETARY OF HUD'S REGULATION OF FANNIE MAE AND FREDDIE
MAC: PURCHASE GOALS (FR-4494)
Priority:
Economically Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
12 USC 1451 et seq; 12 USC 1716-1723h; 12 USC 4501-4641; 28 USC 2641;
42 USC 3535(d); 42 USC 3601-3619
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 81
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
Through this rule, the Department is issuing new housing goal levels
for the purchase of mortgages by Fannie Mae and the Freddie Mac
(collectively, the Government Sponsored Enterprises, or GSEs) for
calendar years 2000 through 2003. In accordance with the Federal
Housing Enterprise Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, this
rule establishes new goal levels for purchasing of mortgages financing
low- and moderate-income housing, special affordable housing, and
housing in central cities, rural areas, and other underserved areas.
This rule also clarifies HUD's guidelines for counting different types
of mortgage purchases toward those goals, and provides greater public
access to certain types of mortgage data in HUD's public use database.
Statement of Need:
Current regulations, published in 1995, establish the GSEs' housing
goals for 1995-99. While the goals would remain effective beyond 1999
at 1999 levels, to avoid any lapse in coverage, the Secretary is
establishing new goals to reflect current conditions. The new goals
will provide strong incentives for the two enterprises to more fully
address the housing finance needs for very low-, low- and moderate-
income families and residents of underserved areas and thus, to realize
more fully their public purposes. Such incentives are consistent with
the Department's strategic objectives of increasing homeownership
opportunities and the supply of affordable rental housing in the United
States.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Department is authorized to establish housing goals for the GSEs by
the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of
1992 (12 U.S.C. 4501 et seq.), which sets several parameters for the
housing goals and provides other requirements for many of the issues
addressed in this rule.
Alternatives:
The alternative of leaving the housing goals unchanged was considered.
It was rejected because it failed to meet HUD's strategic objectives of
increasing the supply of affordable rental housing and homeownership
and promoting equal housing opportunities for those protected by the
law.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
This rule will have the benefit of increasing the number of affordable
housing units for low- and moderate-income families and underserved
communities over the next four years (2000-03). However, there is no
indication that focusing the GSEs' attention on the affordable lending
market would be costly for the GSEs. In fact, HUD's analysis indicates
that meeting the proposed housing goals will have little impact on the
GSEs' financial returns or on the safety and soundness of GSE
operations. Additionally, increased GSE activity in the affordable
lending arena should not lead to significant crowding out of
traditional portfolio lenders.
[[Page 63957]]
Risks:
This rule poses no risk to public health, safety or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 11/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Janet Tasker
Director, Office of Government Sponsored Enterprise Oversight
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Housing
Phone: 202 708-2224
Allen Fishbein
Senior Advisor to the Assistant Secretary for Housing Sponsored
Enterprise Oversight
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Housing
Phone: 202 708-3600
RIN: 2501-AC60
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--Office of Housing (OH)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
50. UNIFORM PHYSICAL CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL INSPECTION
REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN HUD MULTIFAMILY HOUSING; ADMINISTRATIVE
PROCESS FOR ASSESSMENT OF INSURED AND ASSISTED PROPERTIES (FR-4452)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
12 USC 1701-1715; 42 USC 3535(d)
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 200
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule will establish for certain multifamily housing administrative
processes by which (1) HUD will notify owners of HUD's assessment of
the physical condition of their multifamily housing; (2) the owners,
under certain circumstances, will be provided an opportunity to seek
technical review of HUD's physical condition assessment of the
multifamily housing; and (3) HUD may take action where the housing is
found not to be in compliance with the physical condition standards.
The assessment of multifamily housing to ensure that it is a condition
that is decent, safe and sanitary is an important mission of HUD. This
rule helps HUD to achieve this mission.
Statement of Need:
HUD is responsible for ensuring that housing subsidized by HUD is in a
condition that is decent, safe, sanitary and in good repair. Until
implementation of HUD's 2020 Management Reform Plan, HUD never had an
effective and comprehensive property assessment system. This system was
established in 1998 and HUD's Real Estate Assessment Center is charged
with the responsibility for assessing the properties in which HUD has
an interest. In 1998, HUD established the Public Housing Assessment
System, which provides for the assessment, among other things, of the
physical condition of public housing. This rule will establish a
process for the assessment of the physical condition for certain
multifamily housing.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The Congress has charged HUD with the responsibility to ensure that
housing assisted by HUD is in decent safe and sanitary condition (42
U.S.C. 1437, 42 U.S.C. 12702, 12 U.S.C. 1701-z-11).
Alternatives:
In 1998, HUD established uniform physical condition standards and
uniform physical inspection requirements. Until that date, physical
condition requirements applicable to housing assisted under various HUD
programs were similar but not uniform. Additionally, there was no
comprehensive oversight and assessment of the properties in HUD's
portfolio. Inspection was left to owners and managers with infrequent
oversight by HUD, and HUD was without important information on the
condition of the housing in its portfolio. By establishing uniform
physical condition standards, HUD seeks to bring consistency in
physical condition standards for all HUD housing, to standardize the
inspection to be undertaken to determine compliance with the standards,
and to implement an electronically based inspection system to evaluate,
rate and rank the physical condition of HUD housing in an objective
manner as possible.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
HUD has undertaken the responsibility for initial physical inspection
of the properties in its portfolio and determining the condition of
these properties. The benefit to owners of the covered multifamily
housing is the elimination of subjectivity in the physical condition
analysis process. By having uniform physical condition standards and
uniform physical inspection requirements, owners are subject to the
same standards and the standards do not vary because the inspection by
one HUD Office might differ from that conducted by another HUD Office.
The benefit to residents is increased confidence that HUD is committed
to providing decent, safe and sanitary housing.
Risks:
This rule poses no threat to public safety, health, or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 11/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Kenneth Hannon
Office of Multifamily Housing
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Housing
Phone: 202 708-3944
RIN: 2502-AH44
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
51. OPERATING FUND ALLOCATION FORMULA (FR-4425)
Priority:
Other Significant
[[Page 63958]]
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1437g(e); 42 USC 1437g(f); 42 USC 3535(d)
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 990
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, October 1, 1999, Section 519(f) permits the
Department to extend the effective date for up to 6 months.
Abstract:
This rule will implement a new formula system for allocating funds to
public housing agencies for their operation and management of public
housing. The new formula system is being developed through negotiated
rulemaking procedures, as required by section 519 of the Quality
Housing and Work Responsibility Act of 1998 (title V of Public Law 105-
276, approved October 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2551; hereafter, ``Public
Housing Reform Act''). That statute amended section 9 of the United
States Housing Act of 1937 to require development of a new formula that
would change the current method (the Performance Funding System) of
determining the payment of operating subsidies to public housing
agencies.
The members of the negotiated rulemaking advisory committee include
national housing associations, housing authorities, tenant and
community organizations, public interest organizations and HUD.
Committee meetings began in March 1999 and are continuing.
Statement of Need:
Section 519 of the Public Housing Reform Act requires HUD to develop
this rule to govern funding of PHAs' operating and management needs.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 519 of the Public Housing Reform Act amending Section 9 of the
U.S. Housing Act of 1937, codified at 42 USC 1437g.
Alternatives:
The Public Housing Reform Act requires that this new formula system be
developed through negotiated rulemaking.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The costs of the program as administered with one fund from which a PHA
will fund all of its operating and management needs will be the same as
under existing provisions. The benefits of having this new formula
system developed through negotiated rulemaking is that it allows those
entities and individuals directly affected -- public housing agencies
and their residents -- to have a say in how the formula will operate,
and consequently to help foster constructive, creative and acceptable
solutions to difficult problems.
Risks:
This rule poses no threat to public safety, health, or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
Notice 64 FR 5570 02/03/99
Notice Comment Period End 03/05/99
NPRM 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Stephen Sprague
Acting Director, Funding and Financial Management Division
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Public and Indian Housing
Phone: 202 708-1872
RIN: 2577-AB88
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--PIH
52. RESIDENT OPPORTUNITIES AND SUPPORTIVE SERVICES (FR-4525)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1437-6; 42 USC 3535(d)
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 964
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule will implement section 538 of Quality Housing and Work
Responsibility Act of 1998 (title V of Public Law 105-276, approved
October 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2461; hereafter, ``Public Housing Reform
Act'') by adding the Resident Opportunities and Supportive Services
(ROSS) program requirements to 24 CFR part 964. The purpose of the ROSS
Program is to provide linkage of services to public housing residents,
including supportive services and resident empowerment activities.
Eligible activities include those related to physical improvements of a
public housing development in order to provide space for supportive
services of residents; work readiness including education, job training
and counseling; and other activities designed to improve the economic
self-sufficiency of residents.
Statement of Need:
The program established by section 538 of the Public Housing Reform Act
is a permanent program. The regulations will provide the appropriate
notice of the legal framework for the program, and clear and uniform
criteria for program eligibility and participation.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 538 of the Public Housing Reform Act, amending title I of the
U.S. Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437z-6).
Alternatives:
As a program that authorizes the use of funds for resident supportive
services, the ROSS Program could be administered by a notice of funding
availability (NOFA), but a NOFA does not provide a long term legal
framework for the program. Requirements established for a program by
NOFA are generally limited to short-term funding initiatives and
demonstration programs. A permanent program requires regulations. HUD,
however, will develop regulations consistent with President Clinton's
Executive order on Regulatory Planning and Review (E.O. 12866) to
provide flexibility, the least burden, and performance incentives.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The establishment of regulations will bring certainty to this funding
program, and confirm its permanency. Although interested parties looked
to the notice of funding availability, issued in Fiscal Year 1999, the
first year of funding, to determine applicable requirements, the
regulations when issued will provide the legal basis for the program.
The certainty to be provided through issuance of regulations should
reduce costs by providing longer term planning on the part of grantees.
Risks:
This rule poses no threat to public safety, health, or the environment
[[Page 63959]]
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 01/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Paula Blunt
Director, Customer Services and Amenities Division
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Public and Indian Housing
Phone: 202 619-8201
RIN: 2577-AC07
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--PIH
53. HOPE VI PROGRAM (FR-4530)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1437v; 42 USC 3535(d)
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 000
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule will establish regulations that will govern funding and
eligible activities of HUD's HOPE VI Program. To date, HOPE VI has been
operated from year to year as a demonstration program in accordance
with authorization provided each year in appropriations bills. HOPE VI
activities were funded and guided by notices of funding availability
issued each fiscal year by HUD. The Quality Housing and Work
Responsibility Act of 1998 (title V of Public Law 105-276, approved
October 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2585; hereafter, ``Public Housing Reform
Act'') makes HOPE VI a permanent program. The regulations to be
implemented for the HOPE VI program will include the provisions set out
in section 535 of the Public Housing Reform Act.
Statement of Need:
With the establishment of a permanent framework for the HOPE VI
Programs, regulations are necessary to establish certainty and
consistency in the operation of HOPE VI funded projects as provided by
the statute. The regulations will establish clear and uniform criteria
for program eligibility and participation.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 535 of the Public Housing Reform Act (42 U.S.C. 1437v).
Alternatives:
The HOPE VI Program has been operated as a demonstration program and
funded by a NOFA on a yearly basis, dependent upon continued
authorization through appropriations bills. The permanent framework
provided by the Public Housing Reform Act necessitates the
establishment of a permanent legal framework for administration of the
program.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The establishment of regulations will bring certainty and permanency to
the program, which has been lacking to date. Interested parties have
looked to the notice of funding availability, issued annually, to
determine applicable requirements. The certainty to be provided through
issuance of regulations should reduce costs by providing longer term
planning on the part of grantees.
Risks:
This rule poses no threat to public safety, health, or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 06/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
Milan Ozdinec
Director, Office of Urban Revitalization
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Public and Indian Housing
Phone: 202 401-8812
RIN: 2577-AC17
_______________________________________________________________________
HUD--PIH
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
54. CAPITAL FUND ALLOCATION FORMULA (FR-4423)
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
42 USC 1437g(d); 42 USC 1437g(f); 42 USC 3535(d)
CFR Citation:
24 CFR 905
Legal Deadline:
Final, Statutory, October 1, 1999.
Abstract:
This rule will implement a new formula system for allocating funds to
public housing agencies for their public housing program capital needs,
whether related to development or modernization. The new formula system
is being developed through negotiated rulemaking procedures, as
required by section 519 of the Quality Housing and Work Responsibility
Act of 1998 (title V of Public Law 105-276, approved October 21, 1998,
112 Stat. 2551; hereafter, ``Public Housing Reform Act''). That statute
amended section 9 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 to require
development of a single formula to replace the existing development and
modernization funding methods. This rule will work in conjunction with
a rule that replaces the existing framework for public housing
development and modernization, found in 24 CFR parts 941 and 968.
The members of the negotiated rulemaking advisory committee include
national housing associations, housing authorities, tenant and
community organizations, Fannie Mae, and HUD. Committee meetings began
in April 1999 and concluded in August 1999.
The Capital Fund formula in this rule fulfills the statute's mandate to
include a mechanism to reward performance. It also provides for a
replacement housing factor, in recognition that funding for this
purpose will facilitate demolition of obsolete housing and allow public
housing authorities (PHAs) to address some of the remaining housing
needs in the affected communities.
Statement of Need:
Section 519 of the Public Housing Reform Act requires HUD to develop
[[Page 63960]]
this rule to govern funding of PHAs' public housing capital needs.
Summary of Legal Basis:
Section 519 of the Public Housing Reform Act amending Section 9 of the
U.S. Housing Act of 1937 codified at 42 USC 1437g.
Alternatives:
The Public Housing Reform Act requires a formula system to be
established by negotiated rulemaking.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
The costs of the program as administered with one fund from which a PHA
will fund all of its capital needs will be the same as under existing
provisions. However, the benefits of having just one funding mechanism
for all such needs, and the provision of additional flexibility to PHAs
to manage their physical assets will provide increased benefits to the
PHAs. The additional consultation of residents built into the program
will also benefit both tenants and the health of the public housing
developments, through a stronger sense of involvement and commitment on
the part of residents.
Risks:
This rule poses no threat to public safety, health, or the environment.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
NPRM 64 FR 49924 09/14/99
End NPRM Comment Period 10/14/99
Final Action 12/00/99
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
No
Small Entities Affected:
No
Government Levels Affected:
None
Agency Contact:
William Flood
Director, Office of Capital Improvements
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Office of Public and Indian Housing
Phone: 202 708-1640
RIN: 2577-AB87
BILLING CODE 4210-01-F
[[Page 63961]]
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR (DOI)
Statement of Regulatory Priorities
The Department of the Interior (DOI) is the principal steward of our
nation's natural resources and guardian of many of our priceless
cultural resources. We serve as trustee to Native Americans and Alaska
natives and also are responsible for relations with the island
territories under United States jurisdiction. As part of our duties, we
manage more than 450 million acres of Federal lands, approximately 3
billion acres of the Outer Continental Shelf, and more than 57,000
buildings. In carrying out our many responsibilities we are committed
to creative ideas that:
Ensure the long-term viability of our resources
Protect the environment in which our resources are found
Minimize negative effects and maximize benefits to the
American people.
The Department's bureaus and offices seek to ease the burdens imposed
by regulations while increasing the protection of resources under their
jurisdiction. Examples of this include:
Establishing a community approach to maintaining the
environmental systems that support native species and to
preventing invasive species introductions. We expect this
to reduce the rate at which individual species become
threatened and endangered. This approach enlists the
voluntary support of land owners to achieve environmental
goals while potentially reducing the regulatory cost.
Using performance-based regulations rather than process-based
regulations. This gives local entities the options of using
the most cost-effective method to meet the spirit and
letter of the law while providing the best result for the
specific instance and location.
Incorporating scientific standards, where applicable, into
regulations.
Continuing to reduce the number of regulations and converting
those that remain to plain language. This will improve the
public's ability to understand regulatory requirements and
will result in improved compliance.
The Department's overall goal is to maintain or improve the quality of
the environment while:
Reducing the financial burden on the general public;
Increasing the flexibility of the public to use the best means
available to ensure that the laws are met; and
Making regulations easy to understand and administer.
This approach to improving regulations will help us better execute our
mission and meet the requirements of our eight bureaus and the
following objectives:
Conserve, protect, and enhance the Nation's national parks,
wilderness, and fish and wildlife resources;
Manage, develop, and protect the quality of water resources;
Promote economic opportunity and improve the trust assets of
American Indians, Indian tribes, Alaska Natives, and people
of the U.S. territories;
Improve the Federal Government's relationship with State,
local, tribal, and territorial governments; and
Enhance America's ability to meet its needs for domestic
energy and mineral resources.
Major Regulatory Areas
Among the Department's bureaus and offices, the Office of Surface
Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM) has the highest concentration
of regulatory responsibilities. OSM, in partnership with the States and
Indian tribes, has the responsibility for setting and enforcing
environmental standards during coal mining and reclamation operations.
OSM has implemented an innovative approach to facilitate the
reclamation of abandoned mine lands by allowing the party conducting
the reclamation to offset the cost of reclamation through the sale of
coal extracted as an incidental part of the reclamation project.
Other DOI bureaus rely on regulations to implement legislatively
mandated programs by focusing on the management of natural resources
and public or trust lands. Some of these regulatory activities include:
Management of migratory birds and preservation of certain
marine mammals and endangered species;
Management of dedicated lands, such as national parks,
wildlife refuges, and American Indian trust lands;
Management of public lands open to multiple use;
Leasing and oversight of development of Federal energy,
minerals, and renewable resources;
Management of revenues from American Indian and Federal
minerals;
Fulfillment of trust and other responsibilities pertaining to
American Indian tribes; Natural resource damage
assessments; and
Management of financial and nonfinancial assistance programs.
Regulatory Policy
How DOI Regulatory Procedures Relate to the Administration's Regulatory
Policies
Within the requirements and guidance in Executive Orders 12866, 12612,
and 12630, DOI's regulatory program seeks to:
Fulfill all legal requirements as specified by statutes or
court orders;
Perform essential functions that cannot be handled by non-
Federal entities;
Minimize regulatory costs to society while maximizing societal
benefits; and
Operate programs openly, efficiently, and in cooperation with
Federal and non-Federal entities.
DOI bureaus have taken the initiative in working with other Federal
agencies, non-Federal government agencies, and public entities to make
our regulations easier to comply with and understand. Because
regulatory reform is a continuing process that requires the
participation of all affected parties, we strive continually to include
affected entities in the decision making process and to issue rules
more efficiently. To better manage and review the regulatory process,
we have revised our internal rulemaking guidance. Results have
included:
Increased bureau awareness of and responsiveness to the needs
of small businesses and better compliance with the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA);
A Department-wide effort to evaluate the economic effects of
rules and regulations that are planned; and
Issuance of new guidance in the Departmental Manual to ensure
the use of plain language in Government writing.
We are committed to improving the regulatory process through the use of
plain language. Simplifying regulations has resulted in a major rewrite
of the regulations for onshore oil and gas leasing and operations in an
easily understandable form that: (a) Puts previously published rules
into one location in a logical sequence; (b) eliminates duplication by
consolidating existing regulations and onshore orders and national
notices to lessees; (c) incorporates industry standards by reference;
and (d) implements performance standards in some of the operating
regulations. Our regulatory process ensures that bureaus share ideas on
how to reduce regulatory burden while meeting the requirements of the
laws they enforce and improving their
[[Page 63962]]
stewardship of the environment and resources under their purview.
Encouraging Responsible Management of the Nation's Resources
The Department's mission is to protect and provide access to our
Nation's natural and cultural heritage and to honor our trust
responsibilities to tribes. We are committed to this mission and to
applying laws and regulations fairly and effectively. The Department's
priorities are compliance, enforcement, prevention, solving problems,
and protecting public health and safety. To this end, our bureaus
encourage users of public resources to adopt long-term strategies
designed to meet current needs while preserving resources for future
generations.
An example of this is the ``no surprises'' policy of the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service (FWS). This policy gives property owners an incentive
to implement voluntary conservation measures for a proposed or
candidate species, or a species likely to become a candidate or
proposed in the near future. These property owners will receive
assurances from FWS that additional conservation measures will not be
required and additional land, water, or resource use restrictions will
not be imposed should the species become listed in the future. This
policy results in fewer fines, no ``surprises'' (in the form of
unexpected fines) for conforming landowners, and better overall
compliance with the Endangered Species Act.
Minimizing Regulatory Burdens
We are using the regulatory process to ease the burdens on various
entities throughout the country. For instance, the Endangered Species
Act (ESA) allows for the delisting of threatened and endangered species
if they no longer need the protection of the ESA. We have has
identified approximately 40 species for which delisting or downlisting
(reclassification from endangered to threatened) may be appropriate.
Experience has shown us that changing the planning process for land use
and water development can reduce unnecessary delays and paperwork
associated with agency decision making. For some projects, an improved
planning process has dramatically reduced the time required for
paperwork.
We use performance standards in a variety of regulations. These allow
the affected entity to choose the most economical method to accomplish
a goal provided it meets the requirements of the regulations. An
example of this is Minerals Management Service`s (MMS) proposed
training rule, which will allow companies with operations in the Outer
Continental Shelf (OCS) to select their own training courses or
programs for employees. Currently MMS has a prescriptive program where
employees working on the OCS must attend an MMS-certified school. The
new rule will allow lessees and contractors to properly train the
employees by any method they choose as long as the employees are
competent. We anticipate that this will result in new and innovative
training techniques and allow companies added flexibility in tailoring
their training to employees' specific duties.
Encouraging Public Participation and Involvement in the Regulatory
Procedure Process
One of the goals of Executive Order 12866 is to ensure that the public
has adequate opportunities to participate in developing new
regulations. Under this Administration, encouraging increased public
participation in the regulatory process to make regulatory policies
more responsive to our customers' needs is a priority.
The Department is reaching out to communities to seek their input on a
variety of regulatory issues. For example, every year the FWS
establishes migratory bird hunting seasons in partnership with ``flyway
councils,'' which are made up of State fish and wildlife agencies. As
the process evolves each year, FWS holds a series of public meetings to
give other interested parties, including hunters and other groups,
adequate opportunity to participate in establishing the upcoming
season's regulations.
Similarly, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) uses Resource Advisory
Councils (RACs) made up of affected parties to help prepare regulations
that it issues under the Rangeland Reform Act.
We also encourage public consultation during the regulatory process.
For example:
OSM is continuing its outreach to interested groups to improve
the substance and quality of rules and, to the greatest
extent possible, achieve a consensus on regulatory issues;
The Bureau of Indian Affairs is developing its roads program
rule using the negotiated rulemaking process. Because of
the importance of the roads program to the individual
tribes and because of the varying needs of the tribal
governments, the negotiated rulemaking process will result
in a rule that better serves the diverse needs of the
Native American community.
The Future of DOI
In compliance with the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993
(GPRA), we are preparing a revised comprehensive strategic plan to
prepare DOI for the 21st century. The plan will cover the period from
2000 through 2005 and will be a stand-alone plan with the five
Departmental goals supported by the bureau goals. It gives employees
and managers clear goals and strategies to help the Department meet its
mission and fulfill its commitment to the nation. We believe that this
plan must evolve in response to the changing natural and human
environments. For this reason, our bureaus have already begun their
strategic plans to respond to those changes and to prepare for others
that may take place in the future.
A copy of DOI's current strategic plan (including updates that have
been made during FY 1999) can be seen on our web site at this address:
http://www.doi.gov/gpra/
Bureaus and Offices Within DOI
The following brief descriptions summarize the regulatory functions of
DOI's major regulatory bureaus and offices.
Office of the Secretary, Office of Environmental Policy and Compliance
The regulatory functions of the Office of Environmental Policy and
Compliance (OEPC) stem from requirements under section 301(c) of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
of 1980, as amended (CERCLA). Section 301(c) requires the development
of natural resource damage assessment rules and the biennial review and
revision, as appropriate, of these rules. Rules have been promulgated
for the optional use of natural resource trustees to assess
compensation for damages to natural resources caused by hazardous
substances. OEPC is overseeing the study and possible promulgation of
additional rules pursuant to section 301(c)(2) and the review and
possible revision of the existing rules in compliance with section
301(c)(3).
In undertaking DOI's responsibilities under section 301(c), OEPC is
striving to meet three regulatory objectives: (a) That the minimum
amount of regulation necessary be developed; (b) that the assessment
process provide for tailoring to specific discharges or releases; and
(c)
[[Page 63963]]
that the process not be considered punitive, but rather a system to
achieve fair and just compensation for injuries sustained.
Bureau of Indian Affairs
The philosophy of the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) is to encourage
the development and management of human and other resources among
American Indians and Alaska Natives, to encourage tribal assumption of
BIA programs, and to fulfill trust and other responsibilities of the
U.S. Government. BIA regulatory actions serve to balance its dual role
as: (a) Advocate in assisting tribes and encouraging their
participation in BIA programs and (b) trustee protecting and/or
enhancing American Indian trust resources.
Important BIA programs are promulgated through regulations, rather than
informal guidelines, so that American Indians are aware of and have an
opportunity to participate in the development of standards and
procedures affecting them. BIA regulatory policies seek to accomplish
the following: (a) Ensure consistent policies throughout American
Indian country; (b) promote American Indian involvement in the
operation, management, planning, and evaluation of BIA programs and
services; (c) provide guidance to applicants for BIA services; and (d)
govern the development of American Indian lands and provide for the
protection of American Indian treaty and statutory rights.
BIA's regulatory program is designed (a) to promote American Indian
self-determination, (b) to provide American Indians and Alaska Natives
with high-quality education and tribal development opportunities, (c)
to meet BIA's trust responsibilities, and (d) to meet the needs of
tribes and their members.
Bureau of Land Management
The Bureau of Land Management manages about 264 million acres of land
surface and about 570 million acres of Federal mineral estate. These
lands consist of extensive grasslands, forests, mountains, arctic
tundra, and deserts. Resources on the lands include energy and
minerals, timber, forage, wild horse and burro populations, habitat for
fish and wildlife, wilderness areas, and archeological and cultural
sites. BLM manages these lands and resources for multiple use and the
sustained yield of renewable resources. Primary statutes under which
the Agency must operate include: The Federal Land Policy and Management
Act of 1976; the General Mining Law of 1872; the Mineral Leasing Act of
1920, as amended; the Recreation and Public Purposes Act; the Taylor
Grazing Act; and the Wild, Free-Roaming Horses and Burros Act.
The regulatory program mirrors statutory responsibilities and Agency
objectives. Agency objectives include:
Providing for a wide variety of public uses without
compromising the long-term health and diversity of the land
and without sacrificing significant natural, cultural, and
historical resource values;
Understanding the arid, semi-arid, arctic, and other
ecosystems we manage and committing to using the best
scientific and technical information to make resource
management decisions;
Understanding the needs of the public that use BLM-managed
lands and providing them with quality service;
Committing to recovering a fair return for using publicly
owned resources and avoiding the creation of long-term
liabilities for American taxpayers; and
Resolving problems and implementing decisions in cooperation
with other agencies, States, tribal governments, and the
public.
The regulatory program contains its own objectives. These include
preparing regulations that:
Are the product of coordination and consultation with all
affected members of the public;
Are understandable to the general public, especially those to
whom they are directly applicable; and
Are reviewed periodically to determine whether or not BLM
still needs them and whether or not they need to be updated
to reflect statutory and policy changes.
Minerals Management Service
The Minerals Management Service (MMS) has two major responsibilities:
(1) Timely and accurate collecting, distributing, accounting for, and
auditing of revenues owed by holders of Federal onshore, offshore, and
tribal land mineral leases in a manner that meets or exceeds Federal
financial integrity requirements and recipient expectations and (2)
management of the resources of the Outer Continental Shelf in a manner
that provides for safety, protection of the environment, and
conservation of natural resources. These responsibilities are carried
out under the provisions of the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Management
Act, the Minerals Leasing Act, the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act,
the Indian Mineral Leasing Act, and other related statutes.
MMS's regulatory philosophy is to develop clear, enforceable rules that
support the missions of each program. For the Offshore Program, MMS
will issue final regulations implementing the Deep Water Royalty Relief
Act. MMS will also publish a final rule to address financial
responsibility under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. MMS will continue
to review rules and issue amendments in response to new technology and
new industry practices.
MMS also plans to continue its review of existing regulations and to
issue rules to refine the royalty management regulations in chapter II
of 30 CFR. Revisions to the royalty management regulations cover oil
and gas valuation of Federal and Indian leases. The Federal Oil and Gas
Royalty Simplification and Fairness Act of 1996 will require numerous
additional changes to the royalty management regulations, including the
delegation of royalty collection and related activities to States.
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement
The Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM) was
created by the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977
(SMCRA) to ``strike a balance between protection of the environment and
agricultural productivity and the Nation's need for coal as an
essential source of energy.''
The principal regulatory provisions contained in title V of SMCRA set
minimum requirements for obtaining a permit for surface coal mining
operations, set standards for surface coal mining operations, require
land reclamation once mining ends, and require rules and enforcement
procedures to ensure that the standards are met. Under SMCRA, OSM
serves as the primary enforcer of SMCRA until the States achieve
``primacy''; that is, until they demonstrate that their regulatory
programs meet all the specifications in SMCRA and have regulations
consistent with those issued by OSM.
A primacy State takes over the permitting, inspection, and enforcement
activities of the Federal Government. OSM then changes its role from
regulating mining activities directly to overseeing and evaluating
State programs. Today, 24 of the 27 key coal-producing States have
primacy. In return for assuming primacy, States are
[[Page 63964]]
entitled to regulatory grants and to grants for reclaiming abandoned
mine lands. In addition, under cooperative agreements, some primacy
States have agreed to regulate mining on Federal lands within their
borders. Thus, OSM regulates mining directly only in nonprimacy States,
on Federal lands in States where no cooperative agreements are in
effect, and on American Indian lands.
SMCRA charges OSM with the responsibility of publishing rules as
necessary to carry out the purposes of the Act. The most fundamental
mechanism for ensuring that the purposes of SMCRA are achieved is the
basic policy and guidance established through OSM's permanent
regulatory program and related rulemakings. Its regulatory framework is
developed, reviewed, and applied according to policy directives and
legal requirements.
Litigation by the coal industry and environmental groups is responsible
for some of the rules now being considered by OSM. Others are the
result of efforts by OSM to address areas of concern that have arisen
during the course of implementing OSM's regulatory program, and one is
the result of legislation.
OSM has sought to develop an economical, safe, and environmentally
sound program for the surface mining of coal by providing a stable and
consistent regulatory framework.
At the same time, however, OSM has recognized the need (a) to respond
to local conditions, (b) to provide flexibility to react to
technological change, (c) to be sensitive to geographic diversity, and
(d) to eliminate burdensome recordkeeping and reporting requirements
that over time have proved unnecessary to ensure an effective
regulatory program.
Major regulatory objectives regarding the mining of surface coal
include:
Continuing outreach activities with interested groups during
the rulemaking process to increase the quality of the
rulemaking process, improve the substance of the rules,
and, to the greatest extent possible, reflect consensus on
regulatory issues;
Minimizing the recordkeeping and regulatory compliance burden
during rulemaking; and
Publishing final rules to implement the Energy Policy Act of
1992, Public Law 102-486.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service has three basic mission objectives:
To develop and apply an environmental stewardship ethic based
on ecological principles and scientific knowledge of fish
and wildlife;
To guide the conservation, development, and management of the
Nation's fish and wildlife resources; and
To administer a national program to provide the public with
opportunities to understand, appreciate, and wisely use
fish and wildlife resources.
These objectives are met through the following regulatory programs:
Management of Service lands, primarily national wildlife
refuges;
Management of migratory bird resources;
Conservation of certain marine mammals and endangered species;
Allowance of certain activities that would otherwise be
prohibited by law; and
Administration of grant and assistance programs.
The Service maintains a comprehensive set of regulations in the first
category--those that govern public access, use, and recreation on more
than 500 national wildlife refuges and in national fish hatcheries.
These uses are authorized only if they are compatible with the purpose
for which each area was established, are consistent with State and
local laws where practical, and afford the public appropriate economic
and recreational opportunity. These regulations are developed and
continually reviewed for improvements, with a substantial amount of
public input, and are typically of limited geographical interest.
Management of migratory bird resources is covered by the second
category of regulations, required by various international treaties.
Annually, the Department issues a regulation on migratory bird hunting
seasons and bag limits, developed in partnership with the States,
American Indian tribal governments, and the Canadian Wildlife Service.
Although issued annually, regulations such as these have been in
existence for more than 50 years and have not significantly changed
over that period of time. The regulations are necessary to permit
migratory bird hunting that would otherwise be prohibited. Although
recent declines in waterfowl populations have reduced the numbers of
birds that may be harvested, the regulations generally do not change
significantly from one year to another.
The third category includes regulations to fulfill the statutory
obligation to identify and conserve species faced with extinction. The
basis for determining endangered species is limited by law to
biological considerations, although priorities for allocating Service
resources are established consistent with the President's policies (by
directing the Service's efforts to species most threatened and those
whose protection is of the most benefit to the natural resource).
Included in this program are regulations to enhance the conservation of
listed species and of marine mammals for which DOI has management
responsibility. This program also contains regulations that provide
guidance to other Federal agencies to assist them in complying with
section 7 of the Endangered Species Act, which requires them not to
conduct activities that would jeopardize the existence of endangered
species or adversely modify critical habitat of listed species. In
designating critical habitat, the Service considers biological
information and economic and other impacts of the designation. Areas
may be excluded from the designation where the benefits of exclusion
outweigh the benefits of inclusion, provided that the exclusion will
not result in the extinction of the species.
The fourth category--the Service's regulatory program that permits
activities otherwise prohibited by law--entails regulating possession,
sale or trade, scientific research, and educational activities
involving fish and wildlife and their parts or products. Generally,
these regulations are supplemental to State protective regulations and
cover activities that involve interstate or foreign commerce, which
must comply with various laws and international obligations. The
Service works continually with foreign and State governments, the
affected industries and individuals, and other interested parties to
minimize the burdens associated with Service-related activities. Easing
these burdens through regulatory actions continues to balance possible
benefits with adequate protection for the natural resource. Most of the
regulatory activities are permissive in nature, and the concerns of the
public generally center on technical issues.
The last category--the Service's assistance programs--includes a
limited number of regulations necessary to ensure that assistance
recipients comply with applicable laws and Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) Circulars. Regulations in this program help the affected
parties to obtain assistance and to comply with
[[Page 63965]]
requirements imposed by Congress and OMB.
National Park Service
The National Park Service is dedicated to conserving the natural and
cultural resources and values of the National Park System for the
enjoyment, education, and inspiration of this and future generations.
The Service is also responsible for managing a great variety of
national and international programs designed to help extend the
benefits of natural and cultural resource conservation and outdoor
recreation throughout this country and the world.
There are more than 375 units in the National Park System, including
national parks and monuments; scenic parkways, preserves, trails,
riverways, seashores, lakeshores, and recreation areas; and historic
sites associated with important movements, events, and personalities of
the American past.
The National Park Service develops and implements park management plans
and staffs the areas under its administration. It relates the natural
values and historical significance of these areas to the public through
talks, tours, films, exhibits, and other interpretive media. It
operates campgrounds and other visitor facilities and provides, usually
through concessions, lodging, food, and transportation services in many
areas. The National Park Service also administers the following
programs: The State portion of the Land and Water Conservation Fund,
Nationwide Outdoor Recreation coordination and information and State
comprehensive outdoor recreation planning, planning and technical
assistance for the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System, and the
National Trails System, natural area programs, the National Register of
Historic Places, national historic landmarks, historic preservation,
technical preservation services, Historic American Buildings survey,
Historic American Engineering Record, and interagency archeological
services.
The National Park Service maintains regulations that help manage public
use, access, and recreation in units of the National Park System. The
Service provides visitor and resource protection to ensure public
safety and prevent derogation of resources. The regulatory program
develops and reviews regulations, maintaining consistency with State
and local laws, to allow these uses only if they are compatible with
the purpose for which each area was established.
Bureau of Reclamation
The Bureau of Reclamation's mission is to manage, develop, and protect
water and related resources in an environmentally and economically
sound manner in the interest of the American public. To accomplish this
mission, Reclamation applies management, engineering, and scientific
skills that result in effective and environmentally sensitive
solutions.
Reclamation projects provide for some or all of the following
concurrent purposes: Irrigation water service, municipal and industrial
water supply, hydroelectric power generation, water quality
improvement, groundwater management, fish and wildlife enhancement,
outdoor recreation, flood control, navigation, river regulation and
control, system optimization, and related uses.
The Bureau's regulatory program is designed to ensure that its mission
is carried out expeditiously and efficiently.
_______________________________________________________________________
DOI--Minerals Management Service (MMS)
-----------
PROPOSED RULE STAGE
-----------
55. VALUATION OF OIL FROM INDIAN LEASES
Priority:
Other Significant. Major under 5 USC 801.
Legal Authority:
25 USC 396 et seq; 25 USC 2101 et seq; 30 USC 181 et seq; 30 USC 351 et
seq; 30 USC 1001 et seq; 30 USC 1701 et seq
CFR Citation:
30 CFR 206
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule would modify the regulations that establish royalty value for
oil produced from Indian leases and create a new form for collecting
value and value differential data. These changes would decrease
reliance on oil posted prices and make Indian oil royalty valuation
more consistent with the terms of Indian leases.
Statement of Need:
Current oil valuation regulations rely primarily on posted prices and
prices under arm's-length sales to value oil that is not sold at arm's-
length. Recently, posted prices have become increasingly suspect as a
fair measure of market value. This rulemaking would modify valuation
regulations to place substantial reliance on the highest of crude oil
futures prices, major portion prices, or gross proceeds. It would
eliminate any direct reliance on posted prices. This rulemaking would
also add more certainty to valuation of oil produced from Indian
leases.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The primary legal basis for this rulemaking is the Federal Oil and Gas
Royalty Management Act of 1982, as amended, which defines the Secretary
of the Interior's (1) authority to implement and maintain a royalty
management system for oil and gas leases on Indian lands, and (2) trust
responsibility to administer Indian oil and gas resources.
Alternatives:
We considered a range of valuation alternatives. Among these were: (1)
Making minor adjustments to the current gross proceeds valuation method
using spot prices; (2) using index-based prices with fixed adjustments
for production from specific geographic zones; (3) relying on some type
of field pricing other than posted prices; and (4) taking oil in-kind.
We chose the higher of New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) futures
prices, major portion prices in the field or area, or gross proceeds
received by the lessee or its affiliate. We chose NYMEX-based prices as
one of three measures of value because NYMEX represents the price for a
widely-traded domestic crude oil, there is little likelihood that any
particular participant in NYMEX trading could affect the prices, and
NYMEX prices are regarded by many experts to be the best available
measure of oil market value.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
We estimate compliance with this rulemaking would cost the oil and gas
industry approximately $46,000 annually. Additional costs to industry
and MMS would be up-front computer programming and other administrative
costs associated with processing the new form. The benefits of this
rulemaking would be an estimated $3.6 million increase in annual
royalties collected on oil produced from Indian leases. Additional
benefits would include simplification and increased
[[Page 63966]]
certainty of oil pricing, reduced audit efforts, and reduced valuation
determinations and associated litigation.
Risks:
The risk of not modifying current oil valuation regulations is that
Indian recipients may not receive royalties based on the highest paid
price or offered for the major portion of oil produced--a common
requirement in most Indian leases. These modifications ensure that the
Department fulfills its trust responsibilities for administering Indian
oil and gas leases under governing mineral leasing laws, treaties, and
lease terms.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 60 FR 65610 12/20/95
ANPRM Comment Period End 03/19/96
NPRM 63 FR 7089 02/12/98
NPRM Comment Per63 FR 17349d 04/09/98
NPRM Comment Period End 05/13/98
Supplementary NPRM 01/00/00
Comment Period End 03/00/00
Final Action 09/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Governmental Jurisdictions
Government Levels Affected:
Tribal
Agency Contact:
David S. Guzy
Chief Rules and Publications Staff
Department of the Interior
Minerals Management Service
MS 3021
P.O. Box 25165
Mail Stop 3021
Denver, CO 80225-0165
Phone: 303 231-3432
Fax: 303 231-3385
Email: David.G[email protected]
RIN: 1010-AC24
_______________________________________________________________________
DOI--MMS
-----------
FINAL RULE STAGE
-----------
56. VALUATION OF OIL FROM FEDERAL MINERAL LEASES
Priority:
Other Significant
Legal Authority:
30 USC 181 et seq; 30 USC 351 et seq; 30 USC 1701 et seq; 30 USC 1001
et seq; 43 USC 1301 et seq; 43 USC 1331 et seq; 43 USC 1801 et seq
CFR Citation:
30 CFR 206
Legal Deadline:
None
Abstract:
This rule would modify the valuation procedures for non-arm's-length
crude oil transactions and establish a new MMS form for collecting
value differential data. These changes would decrease reliance on oil
posted prices and assign a value to crude oil that better reflects
market value.
Statement of Need:
Current oil valuation regulations rely primarily on posted prices and
prices under arm's-length sales to value oil that is not sold at arm's
length. Recently, posted prices have become increasingly suspect as a
fair measure of market value. This rulemaking would modify valuation
regulations to eliminate any direct reliance on posted prices.
Summary of Legal Basis:
The primary legal basis for this rulemaking is the Federal Oil and Gas
Royalty Management Act of 1982, as amended, which defines the Secretary
of the Interior's authority to implement and maintain a royalty
management system for Federal oil and gas leases.
Alternatives:
We considered a range of valuation alternatives such as making minor
adjustments to the current gross proceeds valuation method using
futures prices adjusted for location and quality, using spot prices
tabulated by various publications, using the P-plus market, and taking
oil in-kind. As most recently proposed, we chose to retain the concept
that, for true, outright, arm's length sales, gross proceeds generally
represent royalty value.
For non-arm's-length transactions in the most recent proposal, we chose
three different methods for three distinct geographic areas. For
production other than in California, Alaska, or the Rocky Mountain
region, we chose to use appropriate spot prices because they result
from market surveys of actual prices paid and received in the
marketplace and thus form the basis for much of the way crude oil is
marketed. We originally chose New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX)
prices because they represent the price for a widely traded crude oil
and there is little likelihood that any particular trading participant
could affect the prices. However, we decided on spot prices because,
when adjusted for location and quality, they essentially duplicate
NYMEX prices, and this eliminates the need for one set of adjustments.
For non-arm's-length transactions in the geographically isolated
California and Alaska markets, we chose Alaska North Slope (ANS) spot
prices. ANS spot prices represent large volumes of oil delivered into
the California market, and many experts regard ANS spot prices as the
best indicator of value for California and Alaska production. Finally,
due to the lack of a reliable spot price in the Rocky Mountain region,
we chose a series of benchmarks relying on the lessee's arm's-length
sales and purchases, alternative spot prices, or a value determination
by the Director.
Anticipated Cost and Benefits:
We estimate that compliance with this rulemaking would cost the oil and
gas industry approximately $161,000 annually. The benefits of this
rulemaking would be an estimated $66 million increase in annual
royalties collected on oil produced from Federal leases. Additional
benefits would include simplification and increased certainty of oil
pricing reduced audit efforts, and reduced valuation determinations.
These changes should also reduce litigation.
Risks:
The risk of not modifying current oil valuation regulations is that
royalty recipients such as State and local governments and the U.S.
Treasury would not receive royalties based on the true market value of
oil produced from Federal leases.
Timetable:
_______________________________________________________________________
Action DFR Cite
_______________________________________________________________________
ANPRM 60 FR 65610 12/20/95
ANPRM Comment Period End 03/19/96
NPRM 62 FR 3742 01/24/97
Comment Period E62 FR 7189 02/18/97
NPRM Comment Per62 FR 19966d 02/24/97
NPRM Comment Period End 03/25/97
Supplemental NPR62 FR 36030 07/03/97
Comment Period End 08/04/97
[[Page 63967]]
NPRM Comment Per62 FR 49460d 09/22/97
Comment Period Extended 10/23/97
Comment Period E62 FR 55198 10/23/97
Supplementary NP63 FR 6113 02/06/98
Comment Period E63 FR 14057 03/24/98
Comment Period E63 FR 36868 07/08/98
Supplementary Pr63 FR 38355 07/16/98
Comment Period E63 FR 40073 07/27/98
Comment Period R64 FR 12267 03/12/99
Comment Period E64 FR 17990 04/13/99
Final Action 09/00/00
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required:
Yes
Small Entities Affected:
Businesses, Governmental Jurisdictions
Government Levels Affected:
State
Agency Contact:
David S. Guzy
Chief Rules and Publications Staff
Department of the Interior
Minerals Management Service
MS 3021
P.O. Box 25165
Mail Stop 3021
Denver, CO 80225-0165
Phone: 303 231-3432
Fax: 303 231-3385
Email: David.G